Models-and-dimensions_2010-01_INT

The Gaggenau Models and Dimensions. 

Edition 2010.

Sound advice is at the heart of a perfect kitchen. 

Here you will fi nd all the information you need. 

Built-in appliances from Gaggenau perfectly 

combine function and aesthetics – with clear-cut 

design and no compromise in terms of technology. 

This has already won us numerous international 

design awards, which our products receive time 

and time again. Something which is confi rmed 

by our satisfi ed customers. 

Because it is you, the trade partner, kitchen planner 

or architect, who designs the best kitchen for 

each individual customer. Our aim is to provide 

you with targeted assistance, therefore we have 

brought together all the information you need on 

the following pages. Thematically ordered and 

clearly presented, with dimensions and product 

descriptions. So you can save time whilst still 

receiving even clearer advice. The diff erence is 

Gaggenau. 

Industrie Forum Design Hannover, Designzentrum 

Nordrhein-Westfalen, the Chicago Athaneum 

Museum for Architecture and Design and the 

Design price of Germany 2009 have honoured 

several products for their good design quality. 

The corresponding models have each been 

assigned a logo.

Ovens/Warming drawers. 2–27 

Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens. 28–41 

Microwave ovens. 42–51 

Fully automatic coffee machine. 52–55 

Vario cooktops. 56–87 

Cooktops. 88–129 

Ventilation appliances. 130–175 

Cooling appliances. 176–229 

Dishwashers/Washing machine/Tumble dryer. 230–251 

Accessories. 252–259

Ovens/Warming drawers. 

Ovens 300 series. 4 

Combinations for ovens 200 series. 6 

Ovens 200 series. 5–15 

Warming drawers. 16–19 

Accessories/Special accessories. 20–21 

Technical specifications. 22–27 

3 

Oven/ 

Warming drawers

EB 388 110 

Stainless steel 

Width 90 cm 

Included in the price 

2 baking trays 

1 grill tray with wire rack 

1 wire rack 

1 plug-in core temperature probe 

Special accessories 

BS 020 002 

Pizza paddle, set of 2 

DS 070 062 

Rotisserie spit 

GP 032 062 

Grill tray, enamelled 

39 mm deep. 

GR 030 062 

Wire rack, chromium-plated 

Angled, no opening. 

GR 035 062 


With opening and feet. 

KB 032 062 

Baking tray, enamelled 

18 mm deep. 

KB 036 062 


20 mm deep. 

PS 075 001 

Baking stone 

Incl. heating element, baking stone 

support and pizza paddle. 

4 Ovens 

Oven 300 series 

EB 388 

- Pyrolytic system 

- 11 heating methods, with core 

temperature probe, rotisserie spit 

and baking stone function 

- Electronic temperature control from 

50 °C to 300 °C 

- 78 litres net volume 

Handling 

Digital function and time display. 

Short-term timer and long-term timer. 

Automatic cooking timer. 

Actual temperature display. 

Super-Quick control. 

Features 

Core temperature probe with automatic 

shut off. 

Baking stone socket. 

Infrared large-area grill. 

Economy grill. 

100 W halogen light on the top. 

Safety 

Thermally insulated door with 

quadruple glazing. 

Child and vacation lock. 

Cooled housing with temperature 

protection. 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system. 

Gaggenau enamel. 

Heated air cleaning catalyst. 

Planning notes 

The mains socket needs to be planned 

outside of the niche. 

Connection 

Energy efficiency class E. 

Total connected load 6.8 kW. 

Plan a connecting cable. 

EB 385 110 


Width 90 cm 


2 baking trays 


1 wire rack 



BS 020 002 


DS 070 062 


GP 032 062 


39 mm deep. 

GR 030 062 



GR 035 062 


With opening and feet. 

KB 032 062 


18 mm deep. 

KB 036 062 


20 mm deep. 

PS 070 001 

Baking stone 

Incl. heating element, baking stone 

support and pizza paddle. 


EB 385 





50 °C to 300 °C 



Digital function and time display. 

Short-term timer and long-term timer. 

Automatic cooking timer. 



Features 


shut off. 


Infrared large-area grill. 

Economy grill. 


Safety 



Child and vacation lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 






Connection 

Energy efficiency class C. 


Plan a connecting cable.

Right-hinged 

BX 280 110 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door 

Width 76 cm 

BX 280 130 

Aluminium-backed full glass door 

Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BX 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BX 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


2 baking trays, enamelled 

pyrolysis-safe 

1 rotisserie spit 

2 wire racks 

2 grill trays with wire rack 



BA 028 101 


With feet and rotisserie spit 

attachment, 39 mm deep. 

BA 028 111 


23 mm deep. 




BA 058 111 

Heating element for baking stone 

BA 058 131 

Baking stone 

Incl. baking stone support and pizza 

paddle (heating element must be 

ordered separately). 

BS 020 002 


Double oven 200 series 

BX 280/BX 281 






30 °C to 300 °C 

- 2 x 110 litres net volume 


LCD function display with digital clock. 

Timer functions: cooking time, switch 

off time, short-term timer, stop watch, 

long-term timer. 

Settings menu. 



Rotary knob and touch key operation. 

Features 


shut off (lower oven). 

Rotisserie spit (lower oven). 



2x10 W halogen light on the side. 

Enamel wire racks on the side with 

5 rack levels, pyrolysis-safe. 

Side-opening door opens up to 

180° angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 





Please read the installation details 

regarding air ducting on page 14/15. 

Door hinge not reversible. 

The façade of the appliance extends 

47 mm from the furniture cavity. 

The outer edge of the door handle extends 


Consider the overhang, incl. the door 

handle, when planning to open drawers 

next to the appliance. 

Plan a gap of at least 5 mm between 

the appliance and adjacent cabinets. 

When planning a corner solution, pay 

attention to the 90° door opening 

angle. 

To achieve the 550 mm installation 

depth, the connecting cable needs to 

follow the slanted edge on the lower 

right hand corner of the housing. 



Connection 

Energy efficiency class B. 



Ovens 5

Possible combinations for the 

ovens of the 200 series. 

BO 280/281 ■ ■ 

6 Ovens 

BO 280/281 BO 270/271 BO 250/251 BO 240/241 BO 220/221 BO 210/211 

BO 270/271 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 250/251 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 240/241 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 220/221 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 210/211 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

WS width 76 cm 

WS height 29 cm 

BS 280/281 

BS 270/271 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

BS 274/275 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 250/251 

BS 254/255 + WS height14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 224/225 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

BS 224/225 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BM 211 + BF 263 

BM 220/221 + BA 226 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ Horizontal combination ■ Vertical combination (No other appliances may be installed above the BS or BF.) 

When ordering, make sure the colours match (stainless steel or aluminium behind glass or backed with colour), as not every appliance is available in all colours. 

For horizontal combinations, the handles for both appliances need to be placed in the middle. 

A minimum clearance of 10 mm between the two doors must be observed. 

The door hinge is not reversible. Please indicate the correct model number when ordering. 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■

Right-hinged 

BO 280 110 


Width 76 cm 

BO 280 130 


Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BO 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


1 baking tray, enamelled 



1 wire rack 






With feet and rotisserie spit 

attachment, 39 mm deep. 

BA 028 111 


23 mm deep. 




BA 058 111 

Heating element for baking stone 

BA 058 131 

Baking stone 




BS 020 002 



BO 280/BO 281 






30 °C to 300 °C 










Save up to 6 memory recipes 

(incl. core temperature probe). 


Features 

Core temperature probe with 

automatic shut off. 

Rotisserie spit. 



2 x 10 W halogen light on the side. 

Enamelled wire racks on the side with 



180° angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



















angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 7

BL 253 110 

Stainless steel-coloured glass front 

Width 60 cm 




1 wire rack 

1 grill tray pyrolysis-safe 


BA 226 200 


BA 226 210 


BA 236 200 


BA 236 210 

Wire rack for grill tray, 

chromium-plated 

BS 020 002 


8 Ovens 

Wall-mounted oven 200 series 

BL 253 


- Liftmatic operating system 

- 11 heating methods 

- Baking directly on the glass ceramic 

base 


30 °C to 300 °C 


- Energy efficiency class A 


Function display with automatic 

cooking timer. 

Temperature control with actual temperature 

display. 

Rapid heating. 

Residual heat indication. 

Automatic cook-by-weight function and 

temperature recommendation. 

Liftmatic with electric motor. 

Features 

Glass ceramic base. 

Keeps meals warm when open or 

closed. 

Preheating of dishes. 

40 W light on the top. 


The lights turn on automatically when 

the lift door is opened. 

Safety 

Electronic lift door lock. 

Thermally insulated glass frontage with 


Child lock. 

Safety lock. 

Cooled housing with run-on fan. 

Cleaning 


Enamelled oven interior. 

Air cleaning catalyst. 

Grease filter. 


Plan a connection socket in the connection 

area above the oven or outside 

the installation area. 

The ventilation and air extraction slots 

must remain free. 

When installing under wall-mounted 

cabinets, a maximum cabinet depth of 

350 mm must be observed. 

The adjacent furniture must be heat 

resistant. 

Installation of a cooktop under the 

oven is not permitted. 

Connection 

Energy efficiency class A. 


Cable length 1.2 m without plug.

Right-hinged 

BO 270 101 

Anthracite full glass door 

Width 60 cm 

BO 270 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 270 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 



Width 60 cm 

BO 271 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 271 131 


Width 60 cm 


2 baking trays, enamelled 



1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 




BA 016 103 

Pull-out system 

Enamelled cast iron frame and fully 

extendable telescopic rails. 

BA 026 103 


25 mm deep. 

BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 


Without opening, with feet. 

BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 

Heating element for baking stone and 

Gastronorm roaster 

BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium, 

GN 2/3, height 165 mm 


BO 270/BO 271 






30 °C to 300 °C 

- 76 litres net volume: the biggest 

oven of its class 










Save up to 6 memory recipes 

(incl. core temperature probe). 


Features 


shut off. 

Rotisserie spit. 


Roasting function. 






180° angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



















angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 9

Right-hinged 



Width 60 cm 

BO 250 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 250 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 



Width 60 cm 

BO 251 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 251 131 


Width 60 cm 




1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 







BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 



10 Ovens 


BO 250/BO 251 


- 12 heating methods, with core temperature 

probe and baking stone 

function 


30 °C to 300 °C 













Features 


shut off. 




10 W halogen light on the side. 




180° angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



















angle. 







Connection 




Right-hinged 

BO 240 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 240 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 241 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 241 131 


Width 60 cm 



1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 







BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster in cast 

aluminium, GN 2/3, height 165 m 


BO 240/BO 241 

- 12 heating methods, with core temperature 

probe and baking stone 

function 


30 °C to 300 °C 













Features 





Removable grill heating element. 




4 rack levels. 


180° angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 


Interior back wall and ceiling with 

catalytic special enamelling. 


Grease filter in front of hot air fan. 
















angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 11

Right-hinged 

BO 220 111 

Stainless steel-coloured 

full glass door 

Width 60 cm 

BO 220 131 

Aluminium-coloured 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 221 111 



Width 60 cm 

BO 221 131 



Width 60 cm 




1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 






BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 



12 Ovens 


BO 220/BO 221 


- 9 heating methods, with baking 

stone function 


50 °C to 300 °C 







off time, short-term timer, stop watch. 



Features 






180° angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



















angle. 







Connection 




Right-hinged 

BO 210 110 



Width 60 cm 

BO 210 130 



Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 211 110 



Width 60 cm 

BO 211 130 



Width 60 cm 



1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 


BA 036 100 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 130 

Baking stone 




BA 216 100 

Quadruple telescopic pull-out rack 

BA 226 100 


37 mm deep. 

BA 226 110 


29 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 



BO 210/BO 211 

- 9 heating methods, with baking 

stone function 


50 °C to 300 °C 










Features 


Removable grill heating element. 


Chromium-plated wire racks on the 

side with 4 rack levels. 


180° angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 


















angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 13

Planning notes for the installation 

of ovens and oven combinations 

General notes 

Necessary air cross section 

at the door edges 

14 Ovens 

Applies to BO/BX/BS/BF/WS/CM 

Installation behind kitchen 

furniture doors 

Appropriate measures must be taken 

to prevent these types of doors from 

closing when the appliance is heating 

or while it is cooling down (fan operation). 

Combination of ovens and 

Vario cooling 400 series appliances 

Please check the planning notes in 

the information for Vario cooling 400 

series appliances in order to prevent 

the refrigerator door from colliding with 

the oven handle. 

Installation side by side 

When appliances are installed side by 

side, the clearance between the 

appliances must be at least 10 mm 

(corresponds to the standard outside 

measurement of the furniture 

cavity of 600 or 762 mm). For best 

possible door opening, the handles 

should be positioned in the middle (i.e. 

opposite each other). 

Gaggenau 200 series ovens are 

supplied with fresh air for cooling at 

the top edge and side edges of the 

door. Hot air is blown out at the door 

bottom edge. Combi-steam ovens and 

steam ovens have the air inlet at the 

side edges of the door and the hot air 

and steam outlets at the top edge of 

the door. 

In order to prevent appliances from 

overheating and to ensure that they 

cool down as required after operation, 

appropriate minimum cross sections 

of free space must be maintained from 

kitchen furniture edges. 

The measurements given in the drawing 

apply to all appliances. 

The following should also be checked: 

The area above the appliances 

BS: 

Where an edge of a kitchen unit protrudes 

more than 20 mm in front of the 

edge of the furniture cavity, the edge 

of the kitchen furniture panel must be 

steam resistant as is the case above a 

dishwasher. Steam may possibly penetrate 

into the shelf compartment. 

BF: 

A minimum distance of 5 mm must be 

maintained because of the direction of 

movement of the lift door. 

The maximum thickness of kitchen 

furniture door is 47 mm in front of the 

edge of the furniture cavity in order 

to ensure that the lift door can be 

opened. 

The area below the appliances 

WS: 

When the warming drawer is operated 

without handles, care must be 

taken to ensure that there is sufficient 

access to the lower edge of 

the appliance if the thickness of the 

kitchen furniture door is greater than 

20 mm in front of the furniture cavity. 

Installation side by side 

Air cross section at the door edges above/below 

47 

BO, BX, BS, BM, 

BF, CM, WS 

20 

20 

47 

10 

10 

3 (BO, BS, BM, CM) 

5 (BF) 

5 

21

Installation in corners 

At the sides 

In cases where kitchen furniture door 

door thicknesses are greater or where 

sidewalls protrude up to 34 mm from 

front of the edge of the furniture cavity, 

the minimum distance on the hinge 

side is sufficient for the air supply and 

a door opening angle of 120°. Above 

that, a distance of 10 mm or even more 

is required. 

The handle side may, if required, be 

covered by a side panel provided that 

the minimum distance is maintained. 

Door clearance at the sides 

When the pull-out drawer is used with 

the cast roaster (in prepara-tion), a 

larger door opening angle of 200 mm 

is required. 

For all other situations, 100 mm is 

recommended. Where there are 

smaller side clearances down to a minimum 

of 50 mm, restrictions in handling 

hot baking trays should be expected 

and the user-friendli-ness of the sideopening 

door can no longer be taken 

for granted. 

Air cross section at the door edges 

600/762 

5 

BO, BX, BS 

Installation in corners 

BO 22., 24., 25., 27., 28., 

BX, 

BA 016 103 + 

cast roaster 

5 

10 

max. 34 

47 

200 

Ovens 15

WS 282 110 

Stainless steel-backed glass front 

Width 76 cm, Height 27 cm 

WS 282 130 

Aluminium-backed glass front 


16 Warming drawers 

Warming drawer 200 series 

WS 282 

- Matches BO/BS 280 

- Hygienic interior with stainless steel 

and glass 

- Temperature range from 

40 °C to 80 °C 

- Keeps food warm and finishes 

meals 

Volume capacity 

Net volume 56 litres. 

Interior dimensions 

W 600 x H 195 x D 480 mm. 

Max. load 25 kg. 

Dinner set for 12 persons including 

ø 28 cm plates and soup bowls. 

Additional bowls, soup bowls and serving 

dishes depending on size. 

Features 

4 temperature levels. 

Timer functions: time remaining, 


Integrated base plate heating. 

Fan for even heat distribution. 

Operation indicator. 


Touch key operation. 

Stainless steel interior. 

Removable handle. 

Draw pull at the front bottom centre 

of the drawer. 




Always use an intermediate shelf when 

mounting BO/BS 200 above warming 

drawer of at least 19 mm thickness. 

When mounting the drawer below 

BS 280/281, plan a recess of at 

least 35 mm between the wall and 

the warming drawer to allow for the 

inlet and outlet hose to be installed 

appropriately. 

With a niche depth of 565 mm, the 

socket can be planned behind the 

appliance. 


regarding oven combination on 

page 14/15. 

Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m with plug.

WS 221 100 

Anthracite coloured glass front 


WS 261 111 



WS 261 131 



* Matches WS 261 111, 

WS 261 131 


WS 221/WS 261 

- Matches BO 270/250/240, 

BS 270/250, CM 210* 




40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 95 x D 462 mm. 




Additional bowls and serving dishes 

depending on size. 

Features 





Rotary knob operation. 



Draw pull at the front bottom centre of 

the drawer. 




For combination with BO/BS 200 in 

standardised niches: 

WS 221/261 below BS 200 in 

59 cm niche. 

Mount BO/BS 200 directly above the 

warming drawer without intermediate 

shelf. 

BO and BS each can be combined 

with either of the warming drawer 

sizes. 

Niche dimensions depend on the 

2 individual appliances dimensions. 

The socket can be planned behind the 

appliance. 



page 14/15. 

Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m with plug. 

Warming drawers 17

WS 222 100 

Anthracite coloured glass front 

Width 60 cm, Height 28.8 cm 

WS 262 111 



WS 262 131 



* Matches WS 262 111, 

WS 262 131 

18 Warming drawers 


WS 222/WS 262 

- Matches BO 270/250/240, 

BS 270/250, CM 210* 




40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 245 x D 462 mm. 






Features 









the drawer. 




For combination with BO/BS 200 in 

standardised niches: WS 222/262 

below BO 200 in 88 cm niche. 

Mount BO/BS 200 directly above the 

warming drawer without intermediate 

shelf. 

BO and BS each can be combined 

with either of the warming drawer 

sizes. 

Niche dimensions depend on the 

2 individual appliance dimensions. 


appliance. 



page 14/15. 

Connection 



WS 221 110 



WS 221 130 

Aluminium-coloured glass front 



WS 221 

- Matches BO 220/210, BS 220 




40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 95 x D 462 mm. 






Features 









the drawer. 




For combination with BS 220 in standardised 

59 cm niche. 

Mount BS 220 directly above the warming 

drawer without intermediate shelf. 


appliance. 



page 14/15. 

Connection 



Warming drawers 19

Standard and special accessories for ovens 

of the 300 and 200 series. 

Accessories Oven 

Baking tray 

KB 032 062 18 mm deep •/∘ 

KB 036 062 20 mm deep •/∘ 

BA 028 111 23 mm deep 

BA 026 113 26 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 110 29 mm deep 

Pull-out rack 

BA 016 103 Pull-out system with pyrolysis-safe cast frame and fully extendable telescopic pull-out rack (Telescopic pull-out rail is not pyrolysis-safe) 

for 60 cm oven. For BO 2.. ..0, conversion kit required. 

BA 016 111 Conversion set for BO 27. ..0, required in order to use the 

Pull-out system and the new baking trays (contains 2 baking trays, 

grill tray, 2 wire racks, rotisserie spit, side slide-in rack, glass tray) 

BA 016 121 Conversion set for BO 25./ 24./ 22. ..0, required in order to use 

the pull-out system and the new baking trays 

(contains baking tray, grill tray, wire rack, side slide-in rack) 

BA 216 100 Quadruple fully extendable telescopic pull-out rack. Not in combination with baking stone. 

Roaster 

GN 340 230 Gastronorm roaster GN 2/3, height 165 mm. Non-stick coating. 

For roasting in the oven with the roasting function or on the induction cooktop. 

The top and bottom parts can be used as separate ovenproof dishes (100 mm/65 mm deep). 

Use in 60 cm ovens with pull-out system BA 016 103 and heating element (order separately). 

With combi-steam and steam ovens slide directly into the appliance’s side grills (see also page 254/255). 

Baking stone 

PS 070 001 incl. heating element, baking stone support and pizza paddle 

PS 075 001 incl. heating element, baking stone support and pizza paddle ∘ 

BA 058 131 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately) 

BA 056 133 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately) 

BA 056 130 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately). 

Not in combination with pull-out rack BA 216. 

Oven surfaces with catalytic special enamelling 

ET-Nr. 664048 Oven ceiling, for retrofi tting 

ET-Nr. 664248 Oven back wall, for retrofi tting 

Glass tray 

BA 046 113 25 mm deep 

Wire rack 

Grill tray 

Heating element 

Pizza paddle 


• Standard 

∘ Special accessory 

20 Ovens 

GR 030 062 angled, no opening •/∘ 

GR 035 062 for GP 032 with opening and feet •/∘ 

BA 038 101 angled, no opening 

ET-Nr. 292343 for grill tray BA 028 101, with opening and feet 

BA 036 103 no opening, with feet, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 036 100 no opening, with feet 

ET-Nr. 672921 for grill trays BA 026 103/BA 226 103, with opening, and feet 

ET-Nr. 435794 for grill tray BA 226 100, angled, no opening 

GP 032 062 39 mm deep •/∘ 

BA 028 101 with feet and rotisserie spit attachment, 39 mm deep 

BA 026 103 with feet and rotisserie spit attachment, 25 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 103 25 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 100 37 mm deep 

BA 058 111 necessary accessory for baking stone BA 058 131 

BA 056 113 necessary accessory for baking stones BA 056 130/BA 056 133 

BS 020 002 set of 2 ∘ 

DS 070 062 ∘ 

EB 388

EB 385 BX 280 BO 280 BO 270 BO 250 BO 240 BO 220 BO 210 

BX 281 BO 281 BO 271 BO 251 BO 241 BO 221 BO 211 

Oven Double oven Oven Oven Oven Oven Oven Oven 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

(◦ only BO 27.. ..0) 

(◦ only BO 25.. ..0) (◦ only BO 24.. ..0) (◦ only BO 22.. ..0) 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (without roasting function) 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

•/∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

Ovens 21

300 series ovens. 

Appliance type Oven Oven 

Series 300 series 300 series 

Drop-down door EB 388 EB 385 

Stainless steel EB 388 110 EB 385 110 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 90 90 

Niche height (mm) 475 475 

Volume/energy efficiency (to EN 50304/EN 60350) 

Net volume (l) 78 78 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 602 x 337 x 382 602 x 337 x 382 

Appliance size small/medium/large large large 

Energy effi ciency class with convection E C 

Energy consumption 

– Top/bottom heat (kWh) 1.99 1.48 

– Convection (kWh) 1.79 1.39 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 52.7 41.6 

Heating methods 

Temperature range (°C) 50 – 300 50 – 300 

Hot air • • 

Hot air + ¹/₁ bottom heat • • 

Top/bottom heat separate or combined • • 

Top heat + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • 

Bottom heat + ¹/₃ top heat • • 

Baking stone function • • 

Infrared large area grill • • 

Infrared large area grill + hot air • • 

Economy grill • • 

Features/accessories 

Electronic temperature control • • 

Actual temperature display • • 

Super-Quick control • • 

Core temperature probe • • 

Rotisserie DS 070 062¹ DS 070 062¹ 

Baking stone (50°C – 300°C) incl. additional heating element PS 075 001¹ PS 070 001¹ 

Halogen lighting (W) 100 100 

Function display with automatic cooking timer • • 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 4-fold 3-fold 

Child lock • • 

Safety lock • • 

Grease fi lter in front of hot air fan • 

Cooled housing • • 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 1680 1680 

Baking tray 2 2 

Wire rack 1 1 

Grill tray, pyrolysis-safe 1 1 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system • 

Gaggenau enamel • • 

Heated air cleaning catalyst • • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 6.8 4.8 


¹ Special accessory, see page 20–21. 

22 Ovens

Wall-mounted oven. 

Appliance type Wall-mounted oven 

Stainless steel-coloured glass front BL 253 110 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (mm) 595 x 538 x 455 


Net volume (l) 50 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 468 x 313 x 344 

Appliance size small/medium/large medium 

Energy effi ciency class with special top/bottom heat A 


– Top/bottom special heat (kWh) 0.79 

– Hot air (kWh) 0.89 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 47 


Temperature range (°C) 30 – 300 

Top/bottom heat • 

Top/bottom special heat • 

Hot air • 

Speed • 

Bottom heat • 

Infrared large area grill with hot air • 

Infrared large area grill • 

Defrosting • 

Keeping meals warm open/closed •/• 

Preheating • 


Liftmatic electrically motorised • 

Electronic temperature control • 

Automatic temperature recommendation • 

Temperature control • 

Heat-up temperature display • 

Rapid heating • 

Residual heat indicator • 

Function display with automatic cooking timer • 

Automatic programming by entering food weight (No.) 26 

Lateral halogen lighting (W) 2 x 10 

Roof lighting (W) 40 

Thermally insulated front with multiple glazing 4-fold 

Lift lock • 

Child lock • 

Safety lock • 

Grease fi lter • 

Cooled housing with run-on fan • 

Baking tray BA 226 200 •/∘ 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 1125 

Wire rack BA 236 200 •/∘ 

Grill tray BA 226 210 •/∘ 

Rack for grill tray BA 236 210 –/∘ 

Set of 2 pizza paddles BS 020 002 –/∘ 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system • 

Enamelled oven interior • 

Air cleaning catalyst • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 3.6 

Lenght cable without plug (cm) 120 

• Standard ∘ Special accessory – Not available 

Ovens 23

200 series oven. 

Appliance type Double oven Oven Oven 

Series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

Side-opening door right-hinged/left-hinged BX 280/BX 281 BO 280/BO 281 BO 270/BO 271 

Anthracite front behind full glass door BO 270/271 101 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door, panoramic view BX 280/281 110 BO 280/281 110 BO 270/271 111 

Aluminium-backed full glass door, panoramic view BX 280/281 130 BO 280/281 130 BO 270/271 131 

Stainless steel-coloured front behind full glass door 

Aluminium-coloured front behind full glass door 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 76 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D² (mm) 752 x 1428 x 547 752 x 670 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 

Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 47 47 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (mm) 724 x 1425 x 550 724 x 665 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 


Net volume (l) 110 + 110 110 76 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (cm) 58.4 x 43.3 x 40.6 58.4 x 43.3 x 40.6 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 

Appliance size small/medium/large –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• 

Energy effi ciency class with convection B B A 

Energy consumption with top/bottom heat (kWh) 1.53 1.53 1.31 

Energy consumption with hot air (kWh) 1.14 1.14 0.97 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 52.3 52.3 46.2 


Temperature range (°C) 30 – 300 30 – 300 30 – 300 

Hot air/Eco/ hot air + bottom heat •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

Top heat/bottom heat/top heat + bottom heat •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

Infrared large area grill • • • 

Infrared large area grill + hot air • • • 

Baking stone function • • • 

Roasting function • (bottom only) • • 

Dough fermenting/defrosting •/• •/• •/• 

Top heat + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • • 

Bottom heat + ¹/₃ top heat • • • 

Hot air + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • • 

Economy grill • (top only) • • 

Warming • • • 


Electronic temperature control • • • 

LCD function display with digital clock • • • 

Cooking time, switch-off time, short-term timer, stop watch • • • 

Long-term timer • • • 

Actual temperature display • • • 

Super-Quick control • • • 

Core temperature probe • (bottom only) • • 

Basic settings menu/clear text display •/• •/• •/• 

Memory recipes (No.) 6 6 

Rack levels (No.) 5 5 4 

Pull-out system/Quadruple telescopic pull-out rack BA 016 103¹ 

Rotisserie spit • (bottom only) • • 

Halogen light, top (W) 75 per cooking compartment 75 60 

Halogen light, side (W) 10 per cooking compartment 2 x 10 2 x 10 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 4-fold 4-fold 4-fold 

Child lock/Safety lock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooled housing with temperature protection • • • 

Enamel baking tray 1 per cooking compartment 1 2 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 1780 1780 1200 

Wire rack 1 per cooking compartment 1 1 

Enamel grill tray/wire rack for grill tray 1/1 per cooking compartment 1/1 1/1 

Glass tray 1 

Gastronorm roaster GN 2/3, non-stick coating, 100+65 mm GN 340 230¹ 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system • • • 

Catalytic special enamelling at interior back wall/ceiling 

Gaggenau enamel • • • 

Heated air cleaning catalyst • • • 

Grease fi lter in front of hot-air fan 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 9.2 5.52 3.7 

• Standard – Not available 

¹ Special accessories, see pages 20–21. ² Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

24 Ovens

Oven Oven Oven Oven 

200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

BO 250/BO 251 BO 240/BO 241 BO 220/BO 221 BO 210/BO 211 

BO 250/251 101 

BO 250/251 111 BO 240/241 111 

BO 250/251 131 BO 240/241 131 

BO 220/221 111 BO 210/211 110 

BO 220/221 131 BO 210/211 130 

60 60 60 60 

590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 

47 47 47 47 

560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 

76 76 76 76 

42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 

–/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• 

A A A A 

1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 

0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 

46.2 46.2 46.2 46.2 

30 – 300 30 – 300 50 – 300 50 – 300 

•/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

•/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • 

•/• •/• 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

4 4 4 4 

BA 016 103¹ BA 016 103¹ BA 016 103¹ BA 216 100 

60 60 60 60 

10 10 

4-fold 2-fold 4-fold 2-fold 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

1 1 1 1 

1200 1200 1350 1350 

1 1 1 1 

BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ 1/– 

1 1 1 BA 046 113¹ 

GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

• • 

•/• 664 248¹/664 048¹ 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• 

3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 

Ovens 25

200 series warming drawers. 

Appliance type Warming drawer Warming drawer Warming drawer 


Stainless steel-backed glass front WS 282 110 WS 262 111 WS 261 111 

Aluminium-backed glass front WS 282 130 WS 262 131 WS 261 131 

Anthracite glass front WS 222 100 WS 221 100 


Aluminium-coloured glass front 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 60 60 

Niche height (mm) 255 288 140 

Volume 

Net volume (l) 56 54 21 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 600 x 195 x 480 475 x 245 x 462 475 x 95 x 462 

Number of table settings (No.) 12 12 6 



Bottom heat with air circulation • • • 


Stainless steel interior • • • 

Timer functions • 

Operation indicator • • • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 0,93 0,81 0,81 


26 Warming drawers

Warming drawer 

200 series 

WS 221 110 

WS 221 130 

60 

140 

21 

475 x 95 x 462 

6 

40 – 80 

• 

• 

• 

0,81 

Warming drawers 27

Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens. 

Combinations for Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 200 series. 30–31 

Combi-steam ovens 200 series. 32–36 

Steam ovens 200 series. 37 



29 

Combi-steam ovens/ 

Steam ovens

Possible combinations for the Combi-steam ovens 

and steam ovens of the 200 series. 

BO 280/281 

BO 270/271 

BO 250/251 

BO 240/241 

BO 220/221 

BO 210/211 

WS width 76 cm 

WS height 14 cm 

30 Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 

BS 280/281 BS 270/271 BS 274/275 BS 250/251 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

BS 280/281 ■ ■ 

BS 270/271 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 274/275 ■ ■ 

BS 250/251 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 254/255 ■ ■ 

BS 220/221 

BS 224/225 

BM 211 + BF 263 ■ ■ 

BM 220/221 + BA 226 

■ 

■ ■ Horizontal combination ■ Vertical combination (No other appliances may be installed above the BS or BF.) 

When ordering, make sure the colours match (stainless steel or aluminium behind glass or backed with colour), as not every appliance is available in all colours. 

For horizontal combinations, the handles for both appliances need to be placed in the middle. 

A minimum clearance of 10 mm between the two doors must be observed. 

The door hinge is not reversible. Please indicate the correct model number when ordering. 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■

BS 254/255 BS 220/221 BS 224/225 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 31

Controls at the bottom 

Right-hinged 

BS 280 110 


Width 76 cm 

BS 280 130 


Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BS 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


1 Gastronorm insert, GN 2/3 

unperforated, 40 mm deep 


perforated, 40 mm deep 

1 wire rack 

1 outlet hose (3 m long) 

1 water inlet hose (3 m long) 

1 plug-in core temperture probe 


GN 340 230 



GR 220 046 



GZ 010 011 

Aqua stop extension (2 m long) 

Extends the water inlet and outlet. 

GN 114 130 

Gastronorm insert, stainless steel, 

GN 1/3 

Unperforated, 40 mm deep, 1.5 l. 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 

Unperforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l. 

GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 

Perforated, 40 mm deep, 1.5 l. 

GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 

Perforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l. 

GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


WF 040 020 

Descaling and neutralising filter. 

WF 040 021 

Filter cartridges 

Set of three filter cartridges. 

32 Combi-steam ovens 

Combi-steam oven 200 series 

BS 280/BS 281 

- Fixed connection for water inlet and 

outlet 

- Hot air circulation 30 °C to 230 °C 

at variable humidity levels of 

0%, 30%, 60%, 80%,100%, freely 

combinable 

- Steaming without pressure 


30 °C to 100 °C 

- Core temperature probe, removable 

- Net volume 44 litres 


Cooking methods 

Combi-steaming, steam baking, juice 

extraction, low temperature steaming, 

low temperature cooking, regeneration, 

thawing, dough fermentation, misting. 






Settings menu with clear text display. 


Electronic temperature control. 

Save up to 6 memory recipes (incl. 

core temperature probe). 


Features 



Automatic boiling point detection. 

Capacity display for filter cartridge 

(if connected to WF 040 020 Brita 

descaling system). 


Hygienic stainless steel interior. 



180° angle. 

Safety 

Steam removal. 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

Cleaning programme. 

Drying programme. 






At no point may the outlet hose be positioned 

higher than the bottom edge 

of the appliance. The outlet hose must 

also be at least 100 mm lower than the 

appliance outlet (see drawing “drain 

connection”). 

The outlet hose must not be longer 

than a maximum of 5 m. 

The water connection (1) for the inlet 

hose must always be accessible and 

not located directly behind the appliance. 

The connection of the outlet hose to 

the siphon (2) must not be directly 

behind the appliance and should be 

accessible. 

The descaling system WF 040 020 (3) 

must be installed when connecting 

the appliance if the water hardness 

exceeds 7° dH. 












angle. 


depth, the water hoses and connecting 

cable needs to follow the slanted edge 

on the lower left hand corner of the 

housing and then be led down and up, 

respectively. 



Connection 



Only cold water connection. 

Supply hose 3.0 m with 

3/4 “ connection. 

Outlet hose (ø 25 mm) 3.0 m 

(HT-Hose). 


Combi-steam ovens 33


Right-hinged 

BS 270 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 270 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 270 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 271 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 271 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 271 130 


Width 60 cm 

Controls at the top 

Right-hinged 

BS 274 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 274 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 274 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 275 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 275 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 275 130 


Width 60 cm 






1 wire rack 

1 outlet hose (3 m long) 

1 water inlet hose (3 m long) 

1 plug-in core temperture probe 


GN 340 230 



GR 220 046 





Extends the water inlet and outlet. 



BS 270/BS 271/BS 274/BS 275 

- Fixed connection for water inlet and 

outlet 



0%, 30%, 60%, 80%, 100%, freely 

combinable 



30 °C to 100 °C 








thawing, dough fermentation, misting. 






Settings menu with clear text display. 



Save up to 6 memory recipes (incl. 

core temperature probe). 


Features 


shut off. 


Capacity display for filter cartridge 

(if connected to WF 040 020 Brita 

descaling system). 





180° angle. 

Safety 

Steam removal. 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 








At no point may the outlet hose be positioned 

higher than the bottom edge 

of the appliance. The outlet hose must 

also be at least 100 mm lower than the 

appliance outlet (see drawing “drain 

connection”). 

The outlet hose must not be longer 

than a maximum of 5 m. 

The water connection (1) for the inlet 

hose must always be accessible and 

not located directly behind the appliance. 

The connection of the outlet hose to 

the siphon (2) must not be directly 

behind the appliance and should be 

accessible. 

The descaling system WF 040 020 (3) 

must be installed when connecting 

the appliance if the water hardness 

exceeds 7° dH. 

GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 


Set of three fi lter cartridges. 












angle. 


depth, the water hoses and connecting 

cable needs to follow the slanted edge 

on the lower left hand corner of the 

housing and then be led down and up, 

respectively. 



Connection 



Only cold water connection. 

Supply hose 3.0 m with 

3/4 “ connection. 

Outlet hose (ø 25 mm) 3.0 m 

(HT-Hose). 


Combi-steam ovens 35


Right-hinged 

BS 250 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 250 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 250 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 251 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 251 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 251 130 


Width 60 cm 


Right-hinged 

BS 254 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 254 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 254 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 255 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 255 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 255 130 


Width 60 cm 






1 wire rack 




BS 250/BS 251/BS 254/BS 255 

- Water tank 



0%, 30%, 60%, 80%, 100%, freely 

combinable 



30 °C to 100 °C 








thawing, dough fermentation. 










Features 


shut off. 


Removable 1.3 litre water tank. 

Water level warning. 





180° angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



Descaling programme. 

















angle. 




left hand corner of the housing and 

then be led down and up, respectively. 



Connection 





GN 340 230 



GR 220 046 



GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, GN 2/3


Right-hinged 

BS 220 110 



Width 60 cm 

BS 220 130 



Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 221 110 



Width 60 cm 

BS 221 130 



Width 60 cm 


Right-hinged 

BS 224 110 



Width 60 cm 

BS 224 130 



Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 225 110 



Width 60 cm 

BS 225 130 



Width 60 cm 






1 wire rack 


GN 340 230 



GR 220 046 



GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


Steam oven 200 Series 

BS 220/BS 221/BS 224/BS 225 

- Water tank 

- Steaming without pressure with 

100% humidity from 

30 °C to 100 °C 

- Electronic temperature control 



Low temperature steaming, regeneration, 

thawing, dough fermentation. 







Features 


Removable 1.3 litre water tank. 

Water level warning. 





180° angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 


Descaling programme. 
















angle. 




left hand corner of the housing and 

then be led down and up, respectively. 



Connection 



Steam oven 37

Standard and special accessories for the Combi-steam ovens 

and steam ovens of the 200 series. 

38 Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 

BS 280/BS 281 

Special accessories Combi-steam oven 

GN 340 230 Gastronorm roaster GN ²/₃, height 165 mm. Non-stick coating. ∘ 

For roasting in the oven with the roasting function or on the induction cooktop. The top and bottom 

parts can be used as separate ovenproof dishes (100 mm/65 mm deep). Use in 60 cm ovens with 

pull-out system BA 016 103 and heating element (order separately). Also to be used with combi-steam 

and steam ovens slide directly into the appliance’s side grills (see also page 254/255). 

Wire rack 

GR 220 046 no opening, no feet •/∘ 

Gastronorm cooking inserts 

GN 114 130 Stainless steel unperforated, ¹/₃ GN, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l ∘ 

GN 114 230 Stainless steel unperforated, ²/₃ GN, 40 mm deep, 3 l •/∘ 

GN 124 130 Stainless steel perforated, ¹/₃ GN, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l ∘ 

GN 124 230 Stainless steel perforated, ²/₃ GN, 40 mm deep, 3 l •/∘ 

GN 410 130 Gastronorm lid for insert ¹/₃ GN stainless steel ∘ 

GN 410 230 Gastronorm lid for insert ²/₃ GN stainless steel ∘ 

Water connection 

WF 040 020 Descaling and neutralising fi lter, fi rst installation ∘ 

WF 040 021 Filter cartridges for WF 040, set of 3 ∘ 

GZ 010 011 Extension for water inlet and outlet ∘ 

• Standard ∘ Special accessory

BS 270/BS 271 BS 250/BS 251 BS 220/BS 221 

BS 274/BS 275 BS 254/BS 255 BS 224/BS 225 

Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Steam oven 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ 

∘ 

∘ 


200 series Combi-steam ovens and steam ovens. 

Appliance type Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven 


Side-opening door right-hinged/left-hinged BS 280/BS 281 BS 270/BS 271 BS 274/BS 275 

Anthracite front behind full glass door BS 270/271 100 BS 274/275 100 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door, panoramic view BS 280/281 110 BS 270/271 110 BS 274/275 110 

Aluminium-backed full glass door, panoramic view BS 280/281 130 BS 270/271 130 BS 274/275 130 

Stainless steel-coloured front behind full glass door 

Aluminium-coloured front behind full glass door 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 60 60 


Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 47 47 



Net volume (l) 44 44 44 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (cm) 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 

Appliance size small/medium/large –/•/– –/•/– –/•/– 

Energy effi ciency class with convection A A A 

Energy consumption with convection (kWh) 0.68 0.68 0.68 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 39.8 39.8 39.8 



Steaming • • • 

Hot air with humidity levels, freely combinable (%) 30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 

Hot air circulation • • • 

Refreshing • • • 

Dough fermentation • • • 

Thawing • • • 

Low-temperature steaming, precise temperature/knob control •/– •/– •/– 


Electronic temperature control/LCD-function display with digital clock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooking time, switch-off time, short-term timer, stop watch • • • 

Long-term timer • • • 

Actual temperature display • • • 

Core temperature probe • • • 

Basic settings menu/clear text display •/• •/• •/• 

Memory recipes (No.) 6 6 6 

Rack levels/stainless steel cooking interior (No.) 4/• 4/• 4/• 

Steam removal/water outlet •/• •/• •/• 

Capacity display for fi lter cartridge • • • 

Misting • • • 

Water tank capacity/water level warning (l) 

Electronic boiling point detection • • • 

Halogen light, side (W) 60 60 60 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 

Child lock/Safety lock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooled housing with temperature protection • • • 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 810 810 810 

Wire rack 1 1 1 

Gastronorm cooking inserts, stainless steel, perforated/unperforated, 40 mm (²/₃ GN) 1/1 1/1 1/1 

Gastronorm cooking inserts, stainless steel, perforated/unperforated, 40 mm (¹/₃ GN) GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ 

Gastronorm roaster, non-stick coating, 100+65 mm (²/₃ GN) GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

Cleaning 

Cleaning programme/Drying programme •/• •/• •/• 

Descaling programme 

Grease fi lter in front of hot-air fan • • • 

Connection 


Water connection inlet/outlet •/• •/• •/• 


¹ Accessories, see pages 38–39. ² Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

40 Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens

Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Steam oven Steam oven 

200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

BS 250/BS 251 BS 254/BS 255 BS 220/BS 221 BS 224/BS 225 

BS 250/251 100 BS 254/255 100 

BS 250/251 110 BS 254/255 110 

BS 250/251 130 BS 254/255 130 

BS 220/221 110 BS 224/225 110 

BS 220/221 130 BS 224/225 130 

60 60 60 60 

590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 

47 47 47 47 

560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 

43 43 43 43 

30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 

–/•/– –/•/– –/•/– –/•/– 

A A 

0.60 0.60 

37.2 37.2 

30 – 230 30 – 230 30 – 100 30 – 100 

• • • • 

30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 

• • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

•/– •/– •/• •/• 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

4/• 4/• 4/• 4/• 

1.3/• 1.3/• 1.3/• 1.3/• 

• • • • 

60 60 60 60 

2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

810 810 810 810 

1 1 1 1 

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 

GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ 

GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

•/• •/• •/– •/– 

• • • • 

• • 

1.95 1.95 1.90 1.90 


Microwave ovens. 

Microwave ovens. 44–48 

Lift door. 49 


43 

Microwave ovens

BM 241 111 


Left-hinged 

BM 241 131 

Aluminium 

Left-hinged 


2 wire racks 

1 universal pan 

Necessary accessories 

BA 266 411 

Built-in frame stainless steel 

For use in a tall unit. 

BA 266 431 

Built-in frame aluminium 


44 Microwave ovens 

Microwave oven 

BM 241 

- Fits above the oven with a built-in 

frame 

- 5 output levels: 

1000, 600, 360, 180, 90 W 

- Infrared grill 1500 W 

- 3 output modes: 

Hot air 40 °C, 100 °C to 250 °C, 

Convection grill 100 °C to 250 °C, 

Rapid heating 

- 20 automatic programmes with 

cook-by-weight with settings: 

3 defrosting programmes 

6 cooking programmes 

9 combination programmes 

2 heating programmes 


Digital functions display. 

Adjustable cooking time up to 

90 minutes. 

Easy operation electronics with direct 

access keys. 

Programmes 

Microwave and heating modes can be 

combined or selected separately. 

Up to 3 microwave output levels programmable 

in succession. 

Features 

Innowave. 

Rapid heating. 

Memory function. 

Enamelled cooking interior. 

Interior volume 32 litres. 


W 350 x H 250 x D 360 mm. 

34 cm glass rotating plate. 

25-W interior light. 

Side-opening door with panoramic 

window. 

Safety 

Triple door lock. 

Cleaning 

Catalytic permanent cleaning above 

the grill. 



The facade of the appliance/frame extends 


Minimum installation height 85 cm. 

Plan an intermediate shelf of atleast 

19 mm. 

Connection 



Microwave ovens 45

Right-hinged 

BM 220 110 

Stainless steel-coloured full 

glass door 

BM 220 130 

Aluminium-coloured full 

glass door 

Left-hinged 

BM 221 110 

Stainless steel-coloured full 

glass door 

BM 221 130 

Aluminium-coloured full 

glass door 


1 glass pan 

1 wire rack 


BA 266 210 

Built-in frame for 38 cm niche height, 

stainless steel microwave 


BA 266 212 


stainless steel microwave 


BA 266 230 


aluminium microwave 


BA 266 232 


aluminium microwave 



Microwave oven 200 series 

BM 220/BM 221 

- Fits above the oven with built-in 

frame, matching BO 220/210 


900, 600, 360, 180, 90 W 

- Quartz grill 1300 W on 3 output 

levels 

- 10 cook-by-weight settings: 







99 minutes. 

Operation with rotary knobs, sensor as 

well as direct access keys. 

Programmes 

Grill in combination with microwave on 

3 output levels (90,180, 360 W). 



Features 

Innowave. 


Stainless steel interior with 

ceramic base. 



W 350 x H 220 x D 270 mm. 

25 W interior light. 

Side-opening door with panoramic 

window opens up to 90 ° angle. 

Safety 





Height-adjustable feet. 

Plan an intermediate shelf of at least 

19 mm. 

When using BA 266 2.., the facade of 

the appliance extends 47 mm from the 

furniture. 

Connection 



Microwave ovens 47

BM 211 100 

Black 

Left-hinged 


1 wire rack 

1 universal pan 


BF 263 010 

Housing with lift door, 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door, 

Width 60 cm 

BF 263 030 

Housing with lift door, 

Aluminium-backed full glass door, 

Width 60 cm 


Microwave oven 

BM 211 

- For integration into the housing with 

lift door BF 263, matching the 

200 Series 


1000, 600, 360, 180, 90 W 

- Quartz grill 1300 W with 3 output 

levels 

- 10 cook-by-weight settings: 





Digital function display. 


99 minutes. 

Easy operation electronics with direct 

access keys and concealed knob. 

Programmes 

Grill in combination with microwave in 

4 output levels 

(90, 180, 360, 600 W). 



Features 

Innowave. 





W 360 x H 215 x D 350 mm. 

34 cm glass rotating plate. 

25 W interior light. 





Connection 



BF 263 010 


Width 60 cm 

BF 263 030 


Width 60 cm 

Housing with lift door 

BF 263 

- Can be combined with BM 211 100 

- Matching the BO/BS 200 series 

- Lift function with gas pressurized 

springs. A slight lifting of the door 

for an automatic opening to the top 

- Housing with door; interior can also 

be used as storage space 

Features 

Stainless steel interior, powder 

coated, open back. 


W 518 x H 444 x D 509 mm. 

Door mechanics are covered by 

interior lining. 


Plan an intermediate shelf of at least 

19 mm. 

Mount directly above WS 261 in a 

59 cm standard niche without 

intermediate shelf. 

The appliance extends 47 mm from the 

furniture cavity. 



page 14/15. 

Lift door 49

Microwave ovens. 

Appliance type Combi microwave Microwave Microwave 

Series – 200 series – 

Side-opening door right-hinged/left-hinged –/BM 241 BM 220/BM 221 –/BM 211 

Stainless steel BM 241 111 

Aluminium BM 241 131 

Black BM 211 100 

Stainless steel-coloured full glass door BM 220/221 110 

Aluminium-coloured full glass door BM 220/221 130 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door + BF 263 010² 

Aluminium-backed full glass door + BF 263 030² 

Abmessungen 

Width (cm) 60 60 60 


(with BA¹) 590 x 382 x 273 (with BF¹) 

(with BA 266 2.0¹) 

590 x 455 x 273 

(with BA 266 2.2¹) 

Facade extension from cavity (mm) 47 19 47 

47 (with BA¹) 


560 x 377 x 300 

(with BA 266 2.0¹) 

560 x 450 x 320 

(with BA 266 2.2¹) 

Volume 

Interior volume (l) 32 21 27 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 350 x 250 x 360 350 x 220 x 270 360 x 215 x 350 


Maximum microwave output (W) 1000 900 1000 

Microwave output levels (No.) 5 5 5 

Infrared grill / Quartz grill •/– –/• –/• 

Maximum grill output (W) 1500 1300 1300 

Grill output levels (No.) 1 3 3 

Maximum microwave output for combination with heating modes or grill (W) 600 360 600 

Features 

Rotary knobs / sensor keys / direct access keys •/–/• •/•/• •/–/• 

Innowave • • • 

Microwave steps programmable in succession • • • 

Memory functions • • 2 

Digital display • • • 

Automatic weight feature (No.) 20 10 10 

24-hour clock display • • • 

Maximum adjustable cooking time (min) 90 99 99 

Interior enamelled / stainless steel •/– –/• –/• 

Glass rotating plate diameter (cm) 34 – 34 

Universal pan, metal / glass –/• •/– –/• 

Wire racks (No.) 2 2 1 

Interior lighting (W) 25 25 25 

Triple door lock • • • 


Frame for mounting in the upper cabinet BA 266 4.1¹ BA 266 2.0/2.2¹ 

Lift door BF 263 0.0¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 2,98 1,99 2,62 


¹ Special accessory ² Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

50 Microwave ovens

Microwave ovens 51

Fully automatic coffee machine. 

Fully automatic coffee machine. 54 

Technical specifications. 55 

53 

Coffee machine

CM 210 110 

Stainless steel frontage 

Width 60 cm 

CM 210 130 

Aluminium frontage 

Width 60 cm 


1 water filter cartridge 

2 cleaning tablets 

2 descaling tablets 

1 measuring spoon 

54 Coffee machine 

Fully automatic coffee machine 

200 series 

CM 210 

- Aroma-Whirl brewing technology: 

full aroma 

- Single portion cleaning: 

100 % hygiene 

- Immediate coffee brewing after 

foaming 


8 language function display. 

Programmable turn-on time and 

eco-function. 

6 levels of ground coffee portioning 

from very mild to extra strong. 

6 individual grinding level settings. 

Serves 1 or 2 cups with selection of 

12 water quantity levels. 

Height adjustable coffee dispenser. 

4 different water hardness settings. 

3 different coffee temperature 

levels. 

Features 

15 bar thermo-block pressure pump 

system. 

Concial grinding gear of hardened 

steel. 

Adjustable brewing chamber from 

7 g to 14 g. 

Removable 1.8 l water tank. 

Steam and hot water function. 


Bean container with aroma 

preservation lid for up to 400 g. 

Separate container for second 

ground coffee type. 

Electronic fill level control for coffee 

beans and water. 

Electronic fill level control for drip 

tray and container for coffee dregs. 

Fully automatic rinse programme 

when machine is turned on/off. 

Automatic cleaning/descaling 

programme. 


Ideal installation height 950 mm or 

higher. 



The cabinet must not have a rear 

panel behind the appliance. 

Plan a venting gap of at least 

200 cm². 

Venting gaps and air intake must not 

be blocked. 

Mount directly above WS 261 in 

59 cm standard niche. 


(order as spare parts): 

Part No. 461732 Water-filter 

cartridge 

Part No. 311138 Descaling agent 

Part No. 310575 Cleaning tablets 



page 14/15. 

Connection 


Connecting cable (3.0 m) with plug.

Fully automatic coffee machine. 

Appliance type Fully automatic coffee machine 

Stainless steel frontage CM 210 110 

Aluminium frontage CM 210 130 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 60 


Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (mm) 560 x 450 x 550 

Features 

Aroma whirl brewing technique • 

Single portion cleaning • 

Thermo-block-pump pressure system (bar) 15 

Steam and hot water function • 

Conical grinding gear of hardened steel • 

Grinding level control (No. of levels) 6 

Volume of adjustable brewing chamber (g) 7 to 14 

Ground coff ee portioning (No. of levels) 6 

Water level control (No. of levels) 12 

Height adjustable coff ee dispenser • 

Removable water tank (l) 1.8 

Bean container with aroma preservation lid (g) 400 

Separate container for second ground coff ee type • 

Coff ee container, drip tray, removable grille • 

Water fi lter cartridge for water tank 1 


Function display • 

Programmable functions 

– Languages (No.) 8 

– Water hardness (No. of levels) 4 

– Water fi lter • 

– Coff ee temperature (No. of levels) 3 

– Time display • 

– Turn-on timer • 

– Eco-function after (h) 1 – 12 

Electronic fi ll level control for coff ee beans and water • 

Electronic fi ll level control for drip tray and coff ee tray • 

Cleaning 

Fully automatic rinse programme when switching on/off • 

Automatic descaling programme • 

Automatic cleaning programme • 

Sonderzubehör 

Part No. Water fi lter cartridge 461732 

Part No. Descaling agent 311138 

Part No. Cleaning tablets 310575 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 1,3 

Electrical supply cord (cm) 300 


Coffee machine 55

Vario cooktops. 

Vario cooktops 400 series. 58–69 

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series. 70–71 

Vario cooktops 200 series. 72–79 

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series. 80 


57 

Vario cooktops

VI 411 111 

Stainless steel frame 

Width 38 cm 


SH 400 000 

Hinge holder for fitting the appliance 

cover 

VD 400 000 

Stainless steel appliance cover 

VV 400 000 

Connection strip for combination 

with further Vario cooktops 

Not when using downdraft ventilation 

VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 

Vario timer module 400 series 

2 timers, integrated in the 

connecting strip 

WP 400 001 

Wok pan made of multiple-layer 

material 

With round bottom and handle, 

ø 36 cm, 6 litres, height 10 cm. 

WZ 400 001 

Wok attachment for wok pan 

Only for VI 411. 

58 Vario cooktops 

Vario induction wok 400 series 

VI 411 

– 28 cm cooking zone with 

3600 W 

– Ideal for the original wok pan with 

round bottom, with wok ring 

Cooking zones 

1 induction wok zone ø 18 cm 

(1800 W, with booster, 2500 W), which 

automatically expands to ø 28 cm 

(3600 W, without booster option). 


Control knobs with illuminated ring, 

cooking zone and output level 

markings. 

Electronic control in 12 output levels. 

Features 

Cooking zone marking. 

Booster function for the cooking zone 

ø 18 cm. 

Pot detection (it also automatically 

switches on the outer cooking zone). 

Safety 


Safety lock. 


Operates with magnetic (induction) 

iron pots and pans only. For an optimal 

heat distribution, the use of sandwich 

bottom cookware is recommended. 

Immersion depth 50.2 mm. 

Panel thickness 16 – 26 mm. 

The drawing „Installation of the control 

knob“ must be observed if the panel is 

more than 26 mm thick (there must be 

a recess at the rear). 

Appliance can be snapped into the 

worktop from above. 

Cooktop clamping range: 30 - 50 mm. 

Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m without plug. 

min. 50 

8 

50 

1,5 m 

min. 35 

min. 105 

max. 162,5 

490 

380 

45 

360 

510 

ø 35 

ø 60 

765 

1170 

76 

1575 

220 

280 

72

VI 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


SH 400 000 


cover 

VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 




Vario induction cooktop 400 series 

VI 421 

– Total output 3600 W 

– 2 cooking zones with booster 

function 

Cooking zones 

1 induction cooking zone ø 21 cm 

(2200 W, with booster 3300 W). 






markings. 


Features 


Booster function for both cooking 

zones (only separate operation with 

booster function). 

Pot detection. 

Safety 

Individual residual heat indicators. 

Safety lock. 















Connection 



min. 50 

8 

50 

1,5 m 

min. 35 

min. 105 

max. 162,5 

490 

380 

90 

510 

360 

765 

ø 35 

1170 

ø 60 

76 

1575 

220 

280 

72 

Vario cooktops 59

VG 441 110F* 


Width 38 cm 

Liquid gas 28 - 37 mbar 

Wok burner with 5 KW 

VG 441 210* 


Width 38 cm 

Natural gas 20 mbar 

Wok burner with 6 KW 


VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 



material 



* Available 2. quarter 2010 


Vario gas wok 400 series 

VG 441 

– Full electronic gas valves for 

precise and reproducible power 

adjustments 

– Three-ring burner up to 6 kW 

– Automatic fast ignition, electronic 

flame monitoring with automatic 

re-ignition 

– Simmer function for cooking on a 

very low output level 

Cooking zones 

VG 441 110 

1 three-ring wok burner 

(300 – 5000 W), suitable for pots 

up to max. ø 32 cm. 

VG 441 210 







markings. 

One-handed operation. 

Full electronic control in 12 output 

levels for exact power level adjustment 

plus simmer function. 

Features 

Simmer function (150 W). 

Cast pan support with flat, 

continuous pot surface. 

Brass burner rings. 

Safety 

Electronic flame monitoring with 

automatic re-ignition. 

Automatic fast ignition. 









Special nozzles can be ordered as 

spare parts. 

Plan for an electrical connection 

(the appliance is not operable without 

power supply). 

Control knobs can be integrated in the 

bottom cabinet at drawer level. 

Air intake from above. 

No intermediate shelf required. 

Rear panel and wall trims must be 

heat-resistant and consist of a nonflammable 

material. 

A minimum lateral clearance of at least 

100 mm from adjacent heat-sensitive 

furniture or contact surfaces must be 

observed or thermal insulation fitted. 

If a cover is fitted, the pan support 

must be removed when closing it. 

The operation of VG 441 next to the 

downdraft ventilation VL 431/430 is 

not permitted. 

An air extraction hood is necessary 

when installing several Vario gas 

cooktops with an overall output of 

more than 11 kW. 

Connection 

Total connected load gas 5.0/6.0 kW. 

Total connected load electric 15.0 W. 


VG 442 110F* 


Width 38 cm 


VG 442 210* 


Width 38 cm 



1 stainless steel cover 


LS 330 000 

Air baffle for VG 421 with VL 431/430 

VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 


Vario gas cooktop 400 series 

VG 442 

– 2 two-ring burners, up to 4 kW 

– Full electronic gas valves for 

precise and reproducible power 

adjustments 


flame monitoring with automatic 

re-ignition 

– Simmer function for cooking on a 

very low output level 

Cooking zones 

1 high output burner 

(165 W - 4000 W), suitable for pots 


1 standard output burner 

(165 W - 2000 W), suitable for pots 





markings. 


Full electronic control in 12 output 

levels for exact power level adjustment 

plus simmer function. 

Features 

Simmer function (80 W). 

Cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 













spare parts. 










material. 









Connection 

Total connected load gas 6.0 kW. 



Vario cooktops 61

VG 411 110F 


Width 38 cm 


VG 411 210 


Width 38 cm 



SV 401 090 

Spindle extensions up to 140 mm 

SV 401 205 


VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 



material 





VG 411 

– Three-ring burner with 5000 W 


flame monitoring 

Cooking zones 





Control knobs with cooking zone and 

output level markings. 


All-gas valve with fine control. 

Features 

Cast pan support with flat, continuous 

pot surface. 


Safety 












spare parts. 










material. 







The operation of VG 411 next to the 

downdraft ventilation VL 431/430 is 

not permitted. 





Connection 




VG 421 110F 


Width 38 cm 


VG 421 210 


Width 38 cm 





LS 330 000 


SV 402 090 


SV 402 205 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 


VG 421 

– 2 two-ring burners, up to 4200 W 



– Solid smooth-surface cast pan 

supports 

Cooking zones 

1 high output burner (165 – 4000 W), 

suitable for pots up to max. ø 28 cm. 









Features 

Cast pan support with flat, continuous 

pot surface. 


Safety 












spare parts. 










material. 









Connection 




Vario cooktops 63

VC 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


BT 481 000 

Cast roaster made of aluminium 

casting 

Non-stick cover can also be used as 

fish or grill pan. 

For cooking zone 18 x 41.5 cm. 

VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 





Vario glass ceramic cooktop 400 series 

VC 421 

– 2 cooking zones, convertable, 

up to 4400 W 

– Large roasting zone for BT 481 

Cooking zones 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones ø 18 cm 

(1800 W); together they convert to 

18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) roasting zone. 




markings. 


Features 


Safety 

Combination indication. 


Safety lock. 


Built-in control panel can be integrated 

in the bottom cabinet at drawer level. 

Immersion depth 45 mm. 






A minimum clearance of at least 40 mm 

from the appliance edge to the wall or 

to adjacent furniture must be observed. 


Connection 



VC 422 110 


Width 38 cm 


VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 





VC 422 

– 2 convertable cooking zones, 

total output 4400 W 

Cooking zones 

1 Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm 

(1500 W), converts to ø 23 cm 

(2400 W) cooking zone. 

1 Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm 

(1100 W), converts to 14.5 x 24 cm 

(2000 W) roasting zone. 




markings. 


Features 


Safety 

Combination indication. 


Safety lock. 














Connection 



VF 411 110 


Width 38 cm 


1 deep-fat frying basket 

1 Stainless steel appliance cover 


FK 020 000 

Additional deep frying basket 

VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 




Vario deep fryer 400 series 

VF 411 

– Three-zone basin, without flavour 

transfer 

– Exact temperature control, 

no drop in output 

– Integrated frying basket suspension 

Cooking zones 

Three-zone basin. 

Oil capacity 3.5 litres. 



oil/fat selection and temperature 

marking. 

Electronic temperature control from 

135 °C to 190 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Cleaning setting. 

Gentle fat melting setting. 

Foaming zone. 

Frying zone. 

Cold oil zone. 

Swing-out heating element (3000 W). 

Safety 

Oil drain valve with child lock. 

Safety lock. 




Plan a door in the bottom cabinet for 

operation of the oil drain valve. 










VF 411 and VK 411 must not be 

installed directly next to each other. 

Connection 



Vario cooktops 65

VR 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


1 grill pliers 

1 cast iron roasting pan 

1 lava stones 

1 cleaning brush 

2 cast iron grills 

1 grease drip tray 

1 stainless steel appliance cover 


AM 400 000 

Cast roaster 

LV 030 000 

Lava stones for refilling 

VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 


2 timers, integrated in 

the connecting strip 


Vario electric grill 400 series 

VR 421 

– 2 zones, separately controlled 

– Open cast grill, lava stones 

– Large cast roaster 




markings. 


Features 

Cooktop, lava stone trough and grease 

collecting insert from stainless steel. 

2 independently controlled grilling 

elements (1500 W). 

Two-part cast grill. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 












furniture or from the wall must be 

observed. 

Connection 



VP 421 111 


Width 38 cm 


2 Spatula 


VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 




min. 50 

8 

70 

50 

min. 35 

min.105 

max.162,5 

490 

380 

510 

90 

360 

765 

Vario teppan yaki 400 series 

VP 421 

– Cooking directly on the 

hard-chromed metal surface, 

without any pots or pans 

– Exact temperature control up to 

240 °C 

– Keeping warm setting 

Cooking zones 

Usable area W 31 x D 44 cm. 



cooking zone and temperature 

markings. 


120 °C to 240 °C. 

Features 

Keeping warm setting. 

2 independently controllable cooking 

zones with 1150 W each. 

Even with traces of use, always easy to 

clean like a cast pan. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 







The distance from the upper edge of 

the work surface to the upper edge of 

the intermediate shelf must be at least 

150 mm. 


Intermediate shelf required; after 

installation, this shelf must only be 

removed using tools to guarantee the 

touch protection from below. 





Connection 



76 

35 

60 

220 

1170 

1575 

280 

140

VK 411 110 


Width 38 cm 


2 cooking inserts 

1 glass cover 

1 hand grip 

1 residuary filter 

1 water drain valve 


AG 050 000 

Drain installation set with check valve 

drain set (DN 40) and connecting 

AG 060 000 

Drain installation set enables drainage 

of cooking liquid into a suitable 

receptacle 

FK 023 000 

Pasta basket 

GE 020 010 

Unperforated cooking insert 

GE 020 020 

Perforated cooking insert 

VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

VZ 400 000 




Vario steamer 400 series 

VK 411 

– Steaming in cooktop size 

– Exact water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C 

– Cooking on two levels, 

without flavour transfer 

Cooking zones 

Water capacity 1 to 6 litres. 



temperature markings and outlet water. 

Electronic water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Steam cooking level with electronic 

steam control for pressureless 

cooking. 


Motor-driven 1/2” water drain valve. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 










Seal the worktop cutout. 

VK 411 and VF 411 must not be 




furniture. 

In case of suspended cabinets a 

ventilation hood must be installed 

above the steamer. 

If a cover is fitted, the glass lid must be 

removed when closing it. 

Connection 



Vario cooktops 67

VZ 400 000 




VZ 400 

– 2 timers, integrated in the 


– Timer function for 2 Vario cooktops 

next to each other 

– Short-term timer 


A maximum of 2 cooktops can be 

switched to one connecting strip, with 

one setting for each. 

The rear timer unit is connected to the 

cooktop on the right, and the front 

timer to the cooktop on the left. 

Features 

Timer-module, alternatively with 

automatic switch-off function or as 

short-term timer. 

Time setting range of each timer 

1-90 min. 


Only suitable for the installation 

between two Vario cooktops 

400 series. 

VZ 400 must be combined with at least 

one Vario electric appliance. 

Gas appliances cannot be controlled. 

To avoid any risk of burning when the 

grill is hot, it is recommended not to 

install the VZ 400 next to the Vario grill 

VR 421. 

VZ 400 must not be installed between 

2 VR 421 appliances. 

VZ 400 must not directly combined 

with the termination strip AL 400. 

Included: 1 power cable (length 

approx. 2 m), 2 connecting cables 

(length 1 m) to connect the timer unit 

to 2 Vario control panels (appliance 

on the right and on the left), 1 cable 

(length 50 cm) to connect both timer 

units together. 

Plan a socket. 

Connection 

Total connected load 3.3 W. 

VL 431 107 


Control unit 

Air extraction/recirculation with remote 

fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 430 107 


Expansion element 



Vario downdraft ventilation 400 series 

VL 431/VL 430 

– Details see ventilation appliances 

(P. 134) .

Vario cooktops 69

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series 

The drawings below and on the following page show the cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series. 

The technician can find the suitable cut-out dimensions for the combinations most frequently used by referring to the 

previous pages and the drawings below. 

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 400 series 

380 Appliance 

– 20 Overhang 

360 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

Connecting srtip with timer) 

380 Appliance 

785 


765 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

1190 


1170 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

1595 


1575 Cut-out 


380 

10 10 

10 

10 

10 

360 

380 

380 

380 

25 

25 

25 

765 

380 

380 

1170 

380 

10 

25 

25 

1575 

380 

380 

10 

25 

380 

10

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 400 series with downdraft 

380 Appliance 

83* VL 430, 431 

10 AL 400 

473 

– 20 Overhang (10 + 10) 

453 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

840 


820 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

1300 


1280 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

83* VL 430, 431 

10 AL 400 

1393 

– 20 Overhang (10 + 10) 

1373 Cut-out 

* screw heads on surround. 

Use separate cut-out with width of 

86 mm for VL installation. 

10 

10 

10 

10 

380 

380 

380 

380 

453 

80 

80 

80 

10 

83* 

820 

380 

380 

1280 

380 

1373 

10 

80 

380 

10 

10 

80 

380 

83* 

Vario cooktops 71

CI 260 130 

Aluminium control panel 

Width 60 cm 


VV 200 000 



8,5 

50 

1,5 m 

min. 50 

min. 35 

490 


580 

200 series induction cooktop 

CI 260 

– Can be combined with the 

cooktops of the Vario 200 series 

Cooking zones 



2 induction cooking zones ø 18 cm 








Features 



Booster function for all cooking zones 

(two cooking zones - left and right - 

can be operated simultaneously with 

booster function). 

Safety 



Safety lock. 







Intermediate shelf is recommended. 

Appliance must be fixed from 

underneath. 

Connection 



510 

560 

45 

CK 270 104 


Width 70 cm 


1 Glass scraper 


VV 200 000 

Connection strip for combination with 

further Vario cooktops 

With integrated control panel strip. 

200 series glass ceramic cooktop 

CK 270 



Cooking zones 


(1100 W), converts to 14.5 x 24 cm 

(2000 W) roasting zone. 


(1000 W), converts to ø 21 cm 



(1800 W). 


(1200 W). 


Continuously variable energy controls. 

Features 


Safety 





Under the appliance, a 60 mm 

clearance must be observed from side 

panels or intermediate shelf must be 

planned. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide bottom 

cabinet is possible. 



Securing rail on the rear and the front. 

Connection 



CK 260 104 


Width 60 cm 


1 Glass scraper 


VV 200 000 




200 series glass ceramic cooktop 

CK 260 



Cooking zones 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones ø 18 cm 

(1800 W). 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones 

ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 



Features 


Safety 








planned. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide bottom 





Connection 



VI 230 113 


Width 28 cm 


SH 230 000 


cover 

VD 201 010 

Shot-blasted aluminium appliance 

cover 

VV 200 000 




Vario induction cooktop 200 series 

VI 230 

– Total output 3600 W 

– 2 cooking zones with booster 

function 

Cooking zones 








Electronic power control in 9 output 

levels. 

Features 



Booster function for both cooking 

zones. 

Safety 







The wok pan WP 400 001 cannot be 

used with this appliance. 




underneath. 

Connection 



Vario cooktops 73

VG 231 131F 

Stainless steel with aluminium 

control panel 

Width 28 cm 


VG 231 231 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 





cover 

VV 200 000 





material 





VG 231 

– 

Three-ring burner with 5000 W 

Cooking zones 





Electric ignition. 



Features 

Cast pan support. 


Safety 

Thermoelectric safety pilot. 




A minimum clearance of at least 






Special gas cooktop must not be 

combined with downdraft ventilation 

VL 051. 





Special nozzles (order 1 of each): 

Part No. 174629 


Part No. 174630 

Bottled gas 28 - 37 mbar 

Part No. 174632 

Bottled gas 50 mbar 

Connection 




VG 232 132F 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 


VG 232 232 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 





cover 

VV 200 000 




VG 232 

– 2 two-ring burners, up to 2800 W 


supports 

Cooking zones 










Features 

Cast pan support with continuous 

pot surface. 

Enamelled burner cover. 

Safety 



Maximum drawer depth 42 cm. 









The swivel range is limited when the 

appliance is combined with VL 051. 






Part No. 433603 


Part No. 419831 


Part No. 419830 


Connection 




Vario cooktops 75

VC 230 113 


Width 28 cm 


1 glass scraper 


SH 230 001 


cover 



cover 

VV 200 000 






VC 230 

– 2 cooking zones, 

total output 3000 W 

Cooking zones 


(1200 W). 


(700 W), converts to ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

cooking zone. 



Features 


Safety 







Connection 



VF 230 111 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 



1 deep-fat frying basket 


FK 020 000 

Additional deep frying basket 



cover 

VV 200 000 



Vario deep fryer 200 series 

VF 230 

– Three-zone basin, without flavour 

transfer 

– Exact temperature control, no drop 

in output 

– Integrated frying basket suspension 

Cooking zones 

Three-zone basin. 

Oil capacity 3.5 litres. 


Function display. 


135 °C to 190 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Gentle fat melting setting. 

Foaming zone. 

Frying zone. 

Cold oil zone. 

Swing-out heating element (2300 W). 

Electronic short-term timer up to 

90 min. 

Frying basket suspension. 

Safety 

Remaining time display. 

Electronic overheating protection. 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


Plan a door in the bottom cabinet for 

operation of the oil drain valve. 

VF 230 and VK 230 must not be 




Connection 


Connecting cable 1.7 m without plug.

VR 230 112 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 


1 grill pliers 

1 lava stones 

1 cleaning brush 

1 cast iron grill 

1 grease drip tray 

1 Aluminium appliance cover 


AM 060 000 

Cast roaster 

LV 030 000 

Lava stones for refilling 

VV 200 000 



Vario electric grill 200 series 

VR 230 

– 2 zones, separately controlled 

– Open cast grill, lava stones 


9 switching levels. 

Features 

2 separately controllable swing-out 

grilling elements (1500 W). 

Cooktop and lava stone basin in 

stainless steel. 

Cast grill. 

Stainless steel lavastone container 

and grease collecting insert, 

dishwasher-safe. 








Connection 



VP 230 110 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 


2 spatula 


SH 230 001 


cover 



cover 

VV 200 000 




Vario Teppan Yaki 200 series 

VP 230 

– Cooking directly on the metal 

surface, without any pots or pans 

– Exact temperature control up to 

240 °C 

– Keeping warm setting 

Cooking zones 

Useable area: W 22.5 x D 39.5 cm. 


Keeping warm setting. 


120 °C to 240 °C. 

Cleaning stage. 

Features 

Heating element with 1800 W. 

Stainless steel frame seamlessly 

welded with the stainless steel surface. 

Safety 

Pre-heat and residual heat indicator. 







Intermediate shelf required; after 

installation, this shelf must only be 

removed using tools to guarantee the 

touch protection from below. 

The distance from the upper edge of 

the work surface to the upper edge of 

the intermediate shelf must be at least 

150 mm. 



Connection 



Vario cooktops 77

VK 230 111 


control panel 

Width 28 cm 


2 cooking inserts 

1 glass cover 

1 hand grip 

1 residuary filter 

1 water drain valve 

Optional accessories 

AG 050 000 

Drain installation set with check valve 

drain set (DN 40) and connecting 

AG 060 000 

Drain installation set enables drainage 

of cooking liquid into a suitable 

receptacle 

FK 023 000 

Pasta basket 

GE 020 010 

Unperforated cooking insert 

GE 020 020 

Perforated cooking insert 



cover 

VV 200 000 




Vario steamer 200 series 

VK 230 

– Steaming in cooktop size 

– Exact water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C 

– Cooking on two levels, without 

flavour transfer 

Cooking zones 

Water capacity 1 to 6 litres. 


Function display. 

Electronic water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Steam cooking level with electronic 

steam control for pressureless 

cooking. 

Features 


Motor-driven water drain valve 1/2“. 

Electronic short-term timer up to 

90 min. 

Special heating system. 

Safety 

Remaining time display. 

Child lock. 


Automatic shut off. 


Access to drain in bottom cabinet is 

required. 

Appliance is intended for fixed water 

outlet connection, but can be fitted 

without fixed connection by using the 

special accessory AG 060. 



furniture. 

In case of suspended cabinets a 

ventilation hood must be installed 

above the steamer. 

If a cover is fitted, the glass lid must be 

removed when closing it. 



Seal the worktop cutout. 

VK 230 and VF 230 must not be 


In combination with the downdraft 

ventilation VL 040/041/051, this must 

be planned on the left of VK. 

Connection 



VL 051 107 




Vario direct ventilation 200 series 

VL 051 


(P. 135) . 

VL 041 107 


Control unit 



VL 040 107 






VL 041/VL 040 


(P. 136). 

Vario cooktops 79

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series 

The drawings below show the cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series. 

The technician can find the suitable cut-out dimensions for the combinations most frequently used by referring to the 

previous pages and the drawings below. 

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 200 series Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 200 series with downdraft 

288 Appliances 


268 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


581 


561 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


874 


854 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


1167 


1147 Cut-out 

288 

268 


5 

288 288 

561 

5 

288 288 

5 

288 288 

5 

5 

854 

288 

288 

5 

1147 

288 

288 VC, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

378 

– 13,5 Overhang 

(10 + 3,5) 

364,5 Cut-out 

288 VC, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

288 VC, VF, ... 

671 


(10 + 10) 

651 Cut-out 

(= ca 650) 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

580 CK, KG, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 040 

760 


(3,5 + 3,5) 

753 Cut-out 

288 VC, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

580 CK, KG, ... 

963 


(10 + 10) 

943 Cut-out 

288 VC, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

170 VL 051 

5 VV 200 

288 VC, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

288 VC, VF, ... 

1049 


(10 + 10) 

1029 Cut-out 

10 

288 

364,5 

85 

5 

85 

3,5 

288 

5 5 

288 

10 10 

3,5 

5 

651 

85 85 

10 

10 

288 

85 

580 

753 

5 5 

943 

5 

580 

3,5 

10 

5 5 

5 

288 170 288 288 

1029 

10

Vario cooktops 81

Vario glass ceramic and 

induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 


VI 411 111 VI 421 110 VC 421 110 

Width (cm) 38 38 38 

Stainless steel frame • • • 

Control knob in furniture front/integrated control panel •/– •/– •/– 

Cooking zones/combinations 

Number of cooking zones 1 2 2 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1200 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 12 cm (700 W) / ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1000 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 


Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1100 W) / 

Roaster cooking zone 14.5 x 24 cm (2000 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) / 

Roaster cooking zone 18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) 2 

Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 / 1800 W) 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 

Induktion wok zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) 

Induction wok zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) / ø 28 cm (3600 W) 1 


Electronic output control • • • 

Pot detection • • 

Residual heat display • • • 

Automatic cooking time VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² 

Booster function: Number of cooking zones 1 (only ø 18 cm) 2 

Safety lock • • • 

Wok pan support WZ 400 001¹ 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ 

Cast roaster for roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm BT 481 000¹ 

Appliance cover VD 400 000¹ VD 400 000¹ VD 400 000¹ 

Connection 



¹ Special accessory ² VZ 400 000 controls only one selected cooking zone. 

82 Vario cooktops

Glass ceramic cooktop Induction cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Induction cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 

400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

VC 422 110 CI 260 130 CK 270 104 CK 260 104 VI 230 113 VC 230 113 

38 58 70 58 28.8 28.8 

• • • 

•/– –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• 

2 4 4 4 2 2 

1 2 1 

1 2 

1 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 1 

1 1 

2 

• • 

• • 

• • • • • • 

VZ 400 000¹,² 

4 2 

• 

VD 400 000¹ VD 201 010¹ VD 201 010¹ 

4.4 7.2 7.2 6.0 3.6 3.0 

Vario cooktops 83

Vario gas cooktops. 

Appliance type Gas wok Gas wok Gas cooktop Gas wok 

Series 400 series 400 series 400 series 400 series 

Bottled gas 28–37 mbar VG 441 110F 3 VG 442 110F 3 VG 411 110F 

Natural gas 20 mbar VG 441 210 3 VG 442 210 3 VG 411 210 

Width (cm) 38 38 38 38 

Stainless steel cooktop • • • • 

Glass ceramic cooktop 

Top-mounted 

Cooktop fl ush in granite worktops 

Cast pan support fl ush in stainless steel worktops 

Welded into stainless steel worktops 

Control knobs in furniture front • • • • 

Integrated aluminium/stainless steel control panel 

Integrated control knobs 

Cooking zones 

Number of cooking zones 1 1 2 1 

Three-ring wok burner (180 – 5600 W) 


Three-ring wok burner (300 – 5000 W) 1 1 

Three-ring wok burner (300 – 6000 W) 1 

Two-ring super-high output burner (150 – 4000 W) 

Two-ring standard output burner (150 – 2000 W) 

Two-ring super-high output burner (165 – 4000 W) 1 

Two-ring standard output burner (165 – 2000 W) 1 

High-output burner (560 – 2800 W) 


Standard burner (380 – 1900 W) 



Automatic fast ignition • • • • 

Electronic fl ame monitoring with automatic re-ignition • • • • 

Electric ignition 

Residual heat display • • • 

Safety shut-off • • • 

Cast pan support 1-part 1-part 1-part 1-part 

Appliance cover VD 400 000¹,² VD 400 000¹,² • VD 400 000¹,² 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load gas (kW) 15.0 15.0 15.0 5.0 

Total connected load electric (W) 5.0 6.0 6.0 17.0 


¹ Special accessory ² If a cover is fi tted, the pan supports must be removed when closing it. 

3 Available 2. quarter 2010 

84 Vario cooktops

Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas wok Gas cooktop 

400 series 400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

VG 421 110F KG 491 110F KG 291 110F KG 260 134F VG 231 131F VG 232 132F 

VG 421 210 KG 491 210 KG 291 210 KG 260 234 VG 231 231 VG 232 232 

38 91,4 91,4 58 28,8 28,8 

• • • • • • 

• • 

• • • 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

2 5 5 4 1 2 

1 1 

1 2 2 

1 2 2 

• • • 

• • • 

1 

2 1 

2 1 

• • • 

1-part 3-part 3-part 2-part 1-part 1-part 

• 2x VD 201 010¹,² VD 201 010¹,² VD 201 010¹,² 

WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

6.0 17.0 17.0 9.4 5.0 4.7 

17.0 18.0 18.0 0.6 0.6 0.6 

Vario cooktops 85

Vario special cooktops. 

Appliance type Deep fryer Electric grill Teppan Yaki 


Stainless steel VF 411 110 VR 421 110 VP 421 111 

Width (cm) 38 38 38 

Control knob in furniture front/integrated control panel •/– •/– •/– 

Cooking zones 


Heating element, output (kW) 3 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.15 

Temperature range (°C) 135 – 190 120 – 240 

Number of output levels 12 12 12 


Electronic temperature control • • • 

Gentle fat melting stage • 

Cold oil zone • 

Foaming edge • 

Capacity (l) 3.5 

Deep frying basket/pasta basket •/– 

Cleaning setting • 

Electronic steam control 

Automatic boiling point detection 

Cooking insert perforated/unperforated 

Glass lid 

Residue strainer in the drain 

Cast grill 2 

Stainless steel container with lava stones • 

Grease collecting insert • 

Hard-chromed cooking surface • 

Stainless steel sandwich cooking surface 

Keeping warm setting • 

Residual heat indicator • • • 

Function display 

Motor-driven drain valve 

Drain installation set 

Short-term timer 

Cooking timer VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² 

Child lock 


Appliance cover • • VD 400 000¹ 

Griddle pan • 

Grill tongs • 

Cleaning brush • 

Spatula 2 

Connection 



¹ Special accessory ² VZ 400 000 controls only one cooking zone. 

86 Vario cooktops

Steamer Deep fryer Electric grill Teppan Yaki Steamer 

400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

VK 411 110 VF 230 111 VR 230 112 VP 230 110 VK 230 111 

38 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 

•/– –/• –/• –/• –/• 

1 1 2 1 1 

2 2.3 2 x 1.5 1.8 2.3 

45 – 95 135 – 190 120 – 240 45 – 95 

12 9 9 13 9 

• • • • 

• 

• 

• 

1 – 6 3.5 1 – 6 

–/FK 023 000¹ •/– –/FK 023 000¹ 

• • 

• • 

•/• •/• 

• • 

• • 

1 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• • 

• • 

AG 050/AG 060¹ AG 050/AG 060¹ 

• 

VZ 400 000¹,² • 

• • 

• • • • 

VD 400 000¹ VD 201 010¹ • VD 201 010¹ VD 201 010¹ 

AM 060 000¹ 

• 

• 

2 

2.0 2.3 3.0 1.8 2.3 

Vario cooktops 87

Cooktops. 

Gas cooktops. 90–98 

Induction cooktops. 99–113 

Glass ceramic cooktops. 114–121 


89 

Cooktops

CG 492 110F 


Width 100 cm 


CG 492 210 


Width 100 cm 



CA 429 410 

Frame set including decorative frame 

(to be welded in) and holding frame 


SV 405 022 


SV 405 032 




material 



90 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 492 

– Top appliance in the market, 

17 kW on 5 burners 


supports on the same level as the 

worktop 



– Professional control knobs 

Cooking zones 




2 two-ring high output burners 



2 two-ring standard burners 







Gas valve with fine control. 

Features 

Three-part pan support with flat, 

continuous pot surface, on the same 

level as the worktop. 


Safety 





The frame set (necessary accessory) 

can be sent in advance to the 

manufacturer of the stainless steel or 

granite worktop for fitting. 


spare parts. 









Minimum worktop depth 70 cm. 


lower cabinet at drawer level. 



Due to the separate frame welded into 

the worktop, all parts remain fully 

accessible. 



material. 

The appliance can be fixed from above. 






An air extraction hood must be 

switched on during operation of the 

gas cooktop. 

Distance between ventilation hood and 

gas cooktop: at least 760 mm. 

The combination with VL 430/431 is 

not recommended, since the air 

extraction from the centre burner 

cannot be guaranteed due to the 

distance. 

Connection 



Cooktops 91

KG 491 110F 


Width 90 cm 


KG 491 210 


Width 90 cm 



SV 405 001 


SV 405 002 


SV 405 003 


SV 405 011 


SV 405 012 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 



material 



92 Cooktops 

400 series gas cooktop 

KG 491 



– Can be built-in next to the 



supports 



– Professional control knobs 

Cooking zones 















Features 

Three-part cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 






spare parts. 





lower cabinet at drawer level. 









heat-resistant and consist of a 

non-flammable material. 

Installation in a 90 cm wide lower 

cabinet is required. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 


gas cooktop at least 760 mm. 

The combination with VL 430/431 is 

not recommended, since the air 

extraction from the centre burner 

cannot be guaranteed due to the 

distance. 

Connection 



Gas connection 

Installation of the control knob

KG 291 110F 


control panel 

Width 90 cm 


KG 291 210 


control panel 

Width 90 cm 


KG 291 120F 

Stainless steel with stainless steel 

control panel 

Width 90 cm 


KG 291 220 

Stainless steel with stainless steel 

control panel 

Width 90 cm 





material 




KG 291 






supports 



Cooking zones 











Integrated control panel with cooking 

zone and output level markings. 



Features 

Three-part cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 






spare parts. 










Installation in a 90 cm wide lower 

cabinet is required. 

An oven can be installed under the 

cooktop. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 


gas cooktop at least 760 mm. 

A minimum clearance between the 

individual niche of at least 50 mm is 

recommended when KG 291 (with 

aluminium control panel) is fitted onto 

other appliances in the Vario cooktops 

200 series. 

Connection 



Gas connection 

Cooktops 93

CG 290 110F 

Glass ceramic 

Width 90 cm 


CG 290 210 

Glass ceramic 

Width 90 cm 


Nozzles for bottled gas 50 mbar 

included 




material 



94 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 290 

– For flush or conventional 

installation 

– Three-ring burner with 5600 W 

Cooking zones 

1 wok burner with 3 separately 

adjustable flame rings (180 - 5600 W), 




2 standard burners (370 – 1900 W), 


1 economy burner (310 – 1100 W), 







Features 

Three-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



The cooktop can be conventionally 

built into worktops or flush integrated 

into stone worktops. 


spare parts. 

Installation in a 85 cm niche or a 88 cm 

niche with the included spacers. 


Intermediate shelf is required. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 

Connection 



Cooktops 95

MCSA042503_CG280110_def.eps 

CG 280 110F* 


Width 80 cm 


CG 280 210* 


Width 80 cm 



1 Wok attachment ring 


CA 280 410 

Built-in frame (to be welded in) 




material 




96 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 280 

– For flush installation 

– 80 cm wide appliance suitable for 

60 cm deep worktops 

– 12.5 KW on 5 burners 

Cooking zones 

CG 280 110 

1 two-ring wok burner (230 - 4600 W), 


1 high output burner (600 - 3000 W), 



(410 - 1750 W), suitable for pots 




up to ø 18 cm. 

1 economy burner (330 - 1000 W), 


CG 280 210 

1 two-ring wok burner (230 - 5000 W), 


1 high output burner (500 - 3000 W), 







up to ø 18 cm. 

1 economy burner (330 - 1000 W), 






Features 

Three-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



Built-in frame CA 280 410 as required 

accessory. 

Can be welded into stainless steel 

worktop. 


spare parts. 







underneath. 

Access from above. 









Special accessories (order as 

spare parts): 

Part No. 648786 Simmer plate 

Part No. 88903 Espresso cross 

Connection 



KG 260 134F 


control panel 

Width 60 cm 


KG 260 234 


control panel 

Width 60 cm 



SH 260 000 


cover 



cover (order two covers) 

VV 200 000 





KG 260 




supports 

– 9.4 KW on 4 burners 

Cooking zones 

2 high output burners (560 – 2800 W), 


2 standard burners (380 – 1900 W), 








Features 

Two-part cast pan support with 



Safety 




spare parts. 










The swivel range is limited when the 

appliance is combined with VL 051. 

When covering the appliance the cast 

pan support must be removed. 






Part No. 433603 Natural gas 20 mbar 

Part No. 419831 Bottled gas 30 mbar 

Part No. 419830 Bottled gas 50 mbar 

Connection 



CG 270 110F 


Width 70 cm 


CG 270 210 


Width 70 cm 


Nozzles for bottled gas 50 mbar 

included 

Gas cooktop 

CG 270 

– For flush or conventional 

installation 

– 8.85 KW with burners in a 

diamond-shaped arrangement 

Cooking zones 

1 three-ring high output burner 


larger than ø 22 cm. 

1 three-ring high output burner 



1 standard burner (320 – 1750 W), 


1 economy burner (330 – 1000 W), 







Features 

Two-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



The cooktop can be conventionally 

built into worktops or flush integrated 

into stone worktops. 


spare parts. 

Installation in a 56 cm standard niche. 



Allow for a gas connection when 

planning drawer depth. 


underneath. 






Special nozzles (order 1 of each) 


(included in CG 270 110) 


Part No. 423714 

Bottled gas 28-37 mbar 

(included in CG 270 210F) 

Part No. 600915 


Connection 



Cooktops 97

98 Cooktops

CI 491 102 

Frameless 

Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 

Stainless steel frying sensor pan 

Non-stick coating, for ø 18 cm 

cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

Induction cooktop 

CI 491 

– Frameless for flush installation 

– Frying sensor function 

– Super booster function for the 

28 cm cooking zone with 4.4 kW 

– Twist-Pad control with removable 

magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 


(1800 W, with booster 2500 W), 

automatically switches to ø 28 cm 









Twist-Pad control with removable 

magnetic knob. 



levels. 

Features 

Frying sensor function for ø 18 cm 

and ø 21 cm cooking zones. 

Booster function for each cooking 

zone. 

Super booster function for ø 28 cm 

cooking zone. 

Quick boil timer, with individually 

adjustable boiling time. 

Cooking timer for up to 90 minutes. 

Short-term timer. 


Options menu. 

Power management. 

Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 


Joint width may vary due to dimensional 

tolerances of the glass ceramic 

cooktop and the worktop cut-out. 


regarding air ducting on page 113. 

Connection 



Cooktops 99

CI 491 112 


Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 



cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

100 Cooktops 


CI 491 

– Sturdy stainless steel frame 





magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 
















levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 




Connection 



CI 490 112 


Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 



cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 490 



– Suitable for 60 cm deep worktops 

in combination with AT 400 table 

ventilation 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 101

CI 481 102 

Frameless 

Width 80 cm 


GP 900 001 



cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

102 Cooktops 


CI 481 




magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



CI 481 112 


Width 80 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 481 




magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 103

CI 271 102 

Frameless 

Width 70 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

104 Cooktops 


CI 271 



– Oval roasting zone switches on 

automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 



automatically switches to a 

18 x 28 cm roasting zone (2000 W, 

with booster 2600 W). 










levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



CI 271 112 


Width 70 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 271 




automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 















levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 105

CI 273 112 


Width 70 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

106 Cooktops 


CI 273 




automatically 

– Sensor control with direct selection 

of output level 

Cooking zones 











Sensor control with direct selection of 

ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 262 102 

Frameless 

Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 262 






magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 














levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



Cooktops 107

CI 262 112 


Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

108 Cooktops 


CI 262 






magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 














levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 264 112 


Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 264 







Cooking zones 











ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 109

CI 261 102 

Frameless 

Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

110 Cooktops 


CI 261 



automatically 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 















levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



CI 261 112 


Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CI 261 




automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 















levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 111

CI 263 112 


Width 60 cm 





cooking zone. 

GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

112 Cooktops 


CI 263 




automatically 



Cooking zones 












ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CHANGE_MCZ_006710_CI263112_en-GB.eps 

1,5 m 

min. 600 

490 +3 

590 

560 +3 

520 

3 

55 

min. 35 

min. 60

Installation notes for 

induction cooktops 

A Air duct behind a cabinet or 

built-in oven 

B intake through the cabinet’s back 

wall 

Intermediate shelf 

Applies to CI 26./27./48./49. 

Intake air ducting Induction cooktops have a cooling fan 

to protect the appliance’s electronics 

from overheating. In the case of insufficient 

air circulation in the cabinet, the 

appliance’s output will be reduced to 

prevent electronic damage. 

Combination with other appliances 

Combination with AT 400 

A In front of the air duct 

B Adjacent to the air duct 

C At the housing’s rear edge 

An open cross-section of a minimum of 

20 mm is needed across the full width 

and full height of the cabinet. 

Cabinets with a closed bottom also 

need a respective cross-section in the 

air duct area. 

In the cabinet’s back wall, plan a 

recess of at least 45 mm in height from 

the worktop’s bottom edge. 

The minimum width is 

• 550 mm for a Vario cooktop 

or a 60-cm to 80-cm 

induction cooktop 

• 820 mm for a 90-cm 

induction cooktop 

To prevent the content of drawers 

underneath the cooktop from heating 

up, the use of an intermediate shelf 

is recommend, except for with 90 cm 

cooktops. 

Width of cut-out at least 

• 100 mm for a 60 to 80 cm induction 

cooktop 

* does not apply to 90 cm cooktops 

** min. 65 mm for cooktops 

with a frame and min. 70 mm for 

cooktops without a frame. 

Installation above dishwasher or washing 

machine is not permitted. 

In addition to the measures mentioned 

above, the following un obstructed 

cross sections must be planned between 

of the cabinet and the AT 400 to 

allow for proper intake and exhaust air 

circulation for the induction cooktop. 

20 mm distance between the back side 

of drawers, an oven or the cabinet’s 

interior wall. 

The resulting gap between the air duct 

and the cabinet’s side wall needs to 

remain open. 

The resulting cross section between 

the housing and the wall, as well as 

between the housing and the floor, 

must remain open. 

min. 550/820 

B 

C 

min. 20 

min. 45 

B 

min. 65* 

A 

20 

min. 65/70** 

B 

min. 100* 

B 

Cooktops 113

CE 491 102 

Frameless 

Width 90 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

114 Cooktops 


CE 491 



– Three-ring cooking zone up to 

27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 


ø 18 cm (1800 W); together they 

convert to 18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) 

roasting zone. 

1 Super-Quick cooking zone 

ø 12 cm (750 W), converts to 

ø 21 cm (2200 W) cooking zone. 


ø 14.5 cm (1050 W), converts to 

ø 21 cm (2200 W) or ø 27 cm 



ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


Immersion depth 44 mm, depth at plug 

socket 65 mm. 

The cooktop must not be installed 

lower than the top edge of the worktop. 




planned. 

The cooktop must be freely accessible 

from underneath to be able to detach 

the cooktop´s base in a downward 

direction. 

Installation possible in a 60 cm wide 

lower cabinet. 


underneath. 





Connection 



CE 491 112 


Width 90 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CE 491 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 










ø 21 cm (2200 W) or ø 27 cm 



ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


Appliance depth 43 mm, depth at plug 

socket 60 mm. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



Cooktops 115

CE 490 112 


Width 90 cm 



116 Cooktops 


CE 490 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 








ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 60 mm. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



CE 481 102 

Frameless 

Width 80 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 


CE 481 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 







ø 21 cm (2200 W) or ø 27 cm 



ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


Immersion depth 44 mm, depth at plug 

socket 65 mm. 

The cooktop must not be installed 

lower than the top edge of the worktop. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 





Connection 



Cooktops 117

CE 481 112 


Width 80 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



cooking zone. 

118 Cooktops 


CE 481 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 







ø 21 cm (2200 W) or ø 27 cm 



ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 60 mm. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



CE 273 112 


Width 70 cm 




CE 273 




Cooking zones 


ø 17 cm (1800 W), switches to 

17 x 26,5 cm (2600 W) roasting zone. 





ø 18 cm (1800 W). 


ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 



ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 60 mm. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



Cooktops 119

CE 261 112 


Width 60 cm 



120 Cooktops 


CE 261 




Cooking zones 


ø 17 cm (1800 W), switches to 

17 x 26,5 cm (2600 W) roasting zone. 





ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 



ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 50 mm. 




planned. 




direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



Cooktops 121

Gas cooktops. 

Appliance type Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 


Bottled gas 28–37 mbar CG 492 110F KG 491 110F KG 291 110F KG 291 120F 

Natural gas 20 mbar CG 492 210 KG 491 210 KG 291 210 KG 291 220 

Width (cm) 100.2 91.4 91.4 91.4 

Stainless steel cooktop • • • • 


Top-mounted • • • 

Cooktop fl ush in granite worktops 

Cast pan support fl ush in stainless steel worktops • 

Welded into stainless steel worktops • 

Control knobs in furniture front • • 

Integrated aluminium/stainless steel control panel •/– –/• 

Integrated control knobs 

Cooking zones 

Number of cooking zones 5 5 5 5 





Three-ring wok burner (300 – 5000 W) 1 1 1 1 

Three-ring high output burners (1200 – 2500 W) 

Three-ring high output burners (1260 – 3600 W) 

Two-ring standard burner (150 – 2000 W) 2 2 2 2 

Two-ring high output burner (150 – 4000 W) 2 2 2 2 

High-output burner (500 - 3000 W) 

High-output burner (560 - 2800 W) 







Economy burner (330 – 1000 W) 

Economy burner (310 – 1100 W) 


Automatic fast ignition • • • • 

Electronic fl ame monitoring with automatic re-ignition • • • • 

Electric ignition 

Cast pan support 3-part 3-part 3-part 3-part 

Appliance cover 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load gas (kW) 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 

Total connected load electric (W) 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 


¹ Special accessory ² If a cover is fi tted, the pan supports must be removed when closing it. ³ Nozzles for bottled gas 50 mbar are included. 


122 Cooktops

Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 

200 series 

CG 290 110F CG 280 110F 4 CG 270 110F KG 260 134F 

CG 290 210³ CG 280 210 4 CG 270 210³ KG 260 234 

91.4 80.4 80.4 70 58 

• • • • 

• 

• • • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

5 5 5 4 4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 2 

2 

1 1 1 

1 

• • • • • 

3-part 3-part 3-part 2-part 2-part 

2x VD 201 010¹,² 

WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

13.3 12.5 12.5 8.85 9.4 

0.6 1.0 1.0 0.6 0.6 

1 

1 

•/– 

Cooktops 123

Induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 261 102 CI 261 112 CI 262 102 

Width (cm) 60 60 60 

Stainless steel frame • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • • 

Knobs in furniture front/integrated control panel 

Sensor control/touch keys –/• –/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control • • • 




Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 /1800 W) 2 2 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 /2500 W) 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 1 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 28 cm (2400 / 3600 W) 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) / 

ø 28 cm (2800 / 4400 W) 1 


Roaster zone 18 x 28 cm (2000 / 2600 W) 1 1 



Pot detection • • • 


Cooking timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 3 

Booster function: Number of cooking zones 

Automatic quick boil: Number of cooking zones 4 4 3 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

Child lock • • • 


Memory function • • • 

Options menu • • • 

Frying sensor pan for ø 15 cm cooking zone GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 18 cm cooking zone 

Frying sensor pan for ø 21 cm cooking zone GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load electric (kW) 7.0 7.0 7.2 


¹ Special accessories 

124 Cooktops

Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 262 112 CI 263 112 CI 264 112 CI 271 102 CI 271 112 CI 273 112 

60 60 60 70 70 70 

• • • • • 

• 

–/• •/• •/• –/• –/• •/• 

• • • 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

17 9 9 17 17 9 

1 2 1 2 2 2 

1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 

1 1 1 1 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

7.2 7.0 7.2 7.0 7.0 7.0 

Cooktops 125

Induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 481 102 CI 481 112 CI 490 112 

Width (cm) 80 80 90 

Stainless steel frame • • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • 

Knobs in furniture front/integrated control panel 

Sensor control/touch keys –/• –/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control • • • 




Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 /1800 W) 2 2 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 /2500 W) 2 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 1 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 28 cm (2400 / 3600 W) 1 1 


ø 28 cm (2800 / 4400 W) 


Roaster zone 18 x 28 cm (2000 / 2600 W) 



Pot detection • • • 



Booster function: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Quick boil timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 18 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 





Frying sensor pan for ø 15 cm cooking zone GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 18 cm cooking zone GP 900 002¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 21 cm cooking zone GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load electric (kW) 7.2 7.2 7.2 



126 Cooktops

Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 491 102 CI 491 112 

90 90 

• 

• 

–/• –/• 

• • 

5 5 

17 17 

1 1 

2 2 

1 1 

1 1 

• • 

• • 

• • 

5 5 

5 5 

5 5 

1 x 18 cm 1 x 18 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

GP 900 002¹ GP 900 002¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

10.8 10.8 

Cooktops 127

Glas ceramic cooktops. 

Appliance type Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 

CE 261 112 CE 273 112 CE 481 102 

Width (cm) 60 70 80 

Stainless steel frame • • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • 

Control knob in control panel 

Sensor control/sensor touch keys •/• •/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control panel • 




Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1200 W) 2 1 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) 1 


Super-Quick cooking zone ø 12 cm (750 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 1 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1000 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 


Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1050 W) / 

ø 21 cm (2200 W) / ø 27 cm (3080 W) 1 


Roaster zone 17 x 26.5 cm (2600 W) 1 1 


Roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) 2 





Quick boil timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 

1 x 21 cm 





Cast roaster for roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm BT 481 000¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 21 cm cooking zone GP 900 003¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load electric (kW) 7,2 7,8 8,7 



128 Cooktops

Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 

CE 481 112 CE 490 112 CE 491 102 CE 491 112 

80 90 90 90 

• • • 

• 

–/• –/• –/• –/• 

• • • • 

4 4 5 5 

17 17 17 17 

1 2 1 1 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 1 1 

2 2 2 

• • • • 

• • • • 

4 4 5 5 

4 4 5 5 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

BT 481 000¹ BT 481 000¹ BT 481 000¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

8,7 6,8 10,9 10,9 

Cooktops 129

Ventilation appliances. 

Table ventilation. 132–133 

Downdraft ventilation. 134–136 

Island hoods. 137–141 

Wall-mounted hoods. 142–148 

Flat kitchen hoods. 149–151 

Canopy extractors. 152 

Fan units. 153–155 

Planning notes/Recommended configurations of VL and AR. 156–159 



131 

Ventilation 

appliances

AT 400 101 


Width 106 cm 

Air extraction/recirculation 

AT 400 131 


Width 136 cm 



AA 010 410 

Air exhaust grille for AT 400 101/131 

Stainless steel coloured, 90 cm, 

including installation fittings, height 

adjustable. 

AA 400 010 

Beech cutting board, 28 cm deep, fits 

the workspace on top of the AT 400 

AA 400 200 

Glass cover, matt-finished, 106 cm, 

thickness 6 mm, with spacer 

AA 400 230 

Glass cover, matt-finished, 136 cm, 

thickness 6 mm, with spacer 

AA 409 100 

Activated charcoal air filter incl. 2 extra 

fine grease filter for AT 400 101 

AA 409 130 

Activated charcoal air filter incl. 2 extra 

fine grease filter for AT 400 131 

AA 409 400 

Furniture support 86 cm for 


Recommended as bearer for the 

worktop, instead of a cabinet frame, or 

to support the fan housing, replacing 

the need for a cabinet base. 

AA 409 430 

Furniture support 116 cm for 

AT 400 131 

Recommended as bearer for the 

worktop, instead of a cabinet frame, or 

to support the fan housing, replacing 

the need for a cabinet base. 

AA 409 900 

Telescopic extension 110 mm for 


AA 409 930 

Telescopic extension 110 mm for 

AT 400 131 

ZB 020 090 

Ventilation grille stainless steel 

Extension piece for 30 mm, necessary 

for height adjustment. 

Order 1 for height adjustment of 

31-60 mm. 

Order 2 for height adjustment of 

61-70 mm. 

Installation accessories for the air 

recirculation ducts you will find at the 

pages 160 - 163. 

132 Ventilation appliances 

Table ventilation 

AT 400 

- An eye-catcher for an island solution 

or with CE/CI 490 for the 60 cm 

deep worktop 

- Air extraction or recirculation system 

- Highly effective air recirculation 

technology, 750 m³/h air output at 

source 

- Additional workspace 

- Minimal planning and easy 

installation for air recirculation 

Output 

Max. air output according to 

DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 750 m³/h. 

Air recirculation 750 m³/h. 

Sound power level depends on the 

built-in situation. 

Features 

3 electronically controlled output 

levels. 

Intensive mode. 

Interval ventilation. 

Run-on function. 

Grease filter saturation indicator. 

Centrifugal grease filter and drip trays, 

dishwasher-safe. 

Fluorescent tube 30/35 W. 

Order activated charcoal odour filter 

mat seperately. 


AT 400 101 for operation with 

2 Vario 400 series cooktops or cooktops 

up to 92 cm wide. 

AT 400 131 for operation with 

3 Vario 400 series cooktops or cooktops 

up to 122 cm wide. 

Max. output of glass ceramic cooktops 

12 kW. 

In combination with the cooktops 

CE/CI 490, installation in 60 cm deep 

worktops is possible. 

Operation in combination with gas 

cooktops is not permitted. 

The remaining surface of the worktop 

(min. 50 mm) between the cut-outs 

must be reinforced with a support. It is 

recommended to use furniture support 

AA 409 400/430. 

Intermediate shelves in the lower 

cabinet must be removable. 

Hinges on swing doors may have to be 

repositioned. 

The connecting cables of the cooking 

appliances are laid through the middle 

of the air duct to the rear. 

Water inlet and outlet pipes must not 

be laid through the air duct. 

When operating Vario cooktops, the 

appliance cover needs to be removed. 

When operating VF 411 deep fryer in 

front of the AT 400, there is no space 

for the frying basket suspension. 

Ovens that do not exceed the maximum 

allowed cabinet temperature can be 

combined with the table ventilation if 

built-in situation permits. 

The table ventilation cover must remain 

removable to permit changing of the 

lamp. 

Recommendation for stainless steel 

parts to match hood that have to be 

welded and polished: brushed 

grain 280. 

Surfaces: Stainless steel 1.4301, 

ground and brushed IIIC. 

For air recirculation: 

Order activated charcoal filter mat 

separately. 

The opening in the lower cabinet 

shelf may be increased as long as a 

minimum cross-section of 1800 cm² is 

maintained. 

The exhaust outlet in the plinth should 

be as large as possible to minimise 

draughts. 

The location of the exhaust outlet in the 

plinth is consumer-defined. Minimum 

cross-section 720 cm². 

To avoid smoke when frying/grilling 

refer to the manuals of VR/VP. 

For air extraction: 

Attachment of exhaust pipe directly 

in the blower housing using flexible 

duct DN 150 or 90° elbow pipe 

(AD 752 030). Break-out openings for 

cylindrical pipe 

AD 752 010 in the blower housing. 

For maximum duct lengths use 

Gaggenau flat rectangular ducts 

AD 8… or Naber-System Compair flow. 

Other flat ducts are not permitted! 

When installing a ventilation hood with 

air extraction mode and a chimney-vented 

fireplace, the hood´s power supply 

line needs a suitable safety switch. 

Connection 

Total connected load 310/316 W. 

Connecting cable 2.0 m with plug 

(from middle of appliance).

AA 409 400/430 Furniture support 

860–872 

1160–1172 

AA 010 410 Exhaust air grille 

27 

27 

443 

38 

20 

18 

74 

20 

894 

AA 010 410 

165 

Ventilation appliances 133

VL 431 107 


Control unit 

Air extraction/recirculation with 

remote fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 430 107 






AD 824 042 

Connection piece for flat duct system 

with conducting fins, 

DN 125 flat rectangular 

AD 854 042 




AL 400 000 

Terminating trim if downdraft is 

installed as the last appliance in a 

combination (no additional cut-out 

required) 

AS 070 000 

Connection piece for extension in the 

case of installation next to VK or VF 

LS 330 000 




pages 160 - 163. 



VL 431/VL 430 

- Ventilation element integrated in the 

worktop 

- Highly efficient ventilation system at 

the cooktop 

- Compact ducting in connection with 

flat rectangular pipes AD 8.. 

- With sealing flaps 



Output 

Maximum air output in combination 

with remote fan units s. table remote 

fan units on page 156. 



Features 

Output control, touch key operation. 

2 output levels. 

Run-on function; duration 

approx. 22 minutes. 

Automatically continued run-on in the 

“0” position for approx. 15 seconds. 

Automatic sealing flaps over ventilation 

slit. 

Metal grease filter with grease drip 

tray. 

Additional switch for connection to AR. 


Air extraction operation in combination 

with remote fan units AR 400/401 or 

recirculation mode with AR 413. 

Please refer to page 158/159 for 

recom mended configurations of 

downdraft ventilations and remote 

fan units and the needed ducting 

elements. 

Maximum cooktop width between 

two VL: 60 cm. 

Maximum distance between cut-outs: 

5 cm. 

The air baffle LS 330 000 must be 

planned for installation next to gas 

appliances. 

Do not operate VL 431/430 next to 

VG 411 gas wok. 


air extraction mode or recirculation 

outlet in another area of room air (e.g. 

cellar) and a chimney-vented fireplace, 

the hood´s power supply line needs a 

suitable safety switch. 

Store the control electronics box 

(250 x 145 x 54 mm) for VL 431 in the 


For installation in stone or lightcoloured 

plastic worktops, use sealing 

tape (part No. 322793). 





Duct connection downwards or 

sidewards: 

DN 125 cylindrical included. 

Optional DN 150/125 flat rectangular 

duct with connection piece 

AD 854/824 042 (special accessory). 

Connection of 2 VL with ducting 

2x DN 125 cylindrical or 

2x DN 125/150 rectangular at remote 

fan AR 4.. . 

For leading through the floor with 

connection of 2 DN 125 cylindrical use 

Y-joint AD 754 044. 

Please ensure when installing the exhaust 

air ducting that no sharp bends 

are caused and that the cross-section 

of the ducting is not constricted in 

any way. 

AS 070 000 

382 372 

AD 854 042 

382 

60 

169/222 

65 

For downdraft configurations with 

maximum lengths of exhaust air ducts 

go to Rodun at 

www.gaggenau.com. 

Connection 


77/89

VL 051 107 


Air extraction with remote fan unit 

GB 031 


VV 200 000 






pages 160 - 163. 

Vario direct ventilation 200 series 

VL 051 

- Ventilation element integrated in the 

worktop, extendable 

- Extraction directly above the cooktop 

by rotating the ventilation arm 





Output 






Features 

Output control, knob operation. 


Run-on function; duration approx. 

10 minutes in level 1. 

Metal grease filter, dishwasher-safe. 

Automatic positioning at two different 

heights – grilling (6 cm above worktop) 

and cooking (40 cm above worktop). 

Continuous manual height adjustment 

between these two positions. 

When in cooking position, the ventilation 

arm can be rotated manually by 

90° in either direction. 

After use, the ventilation arm automatically 

centres itself and retracts. 


Anti-trap sensor. 

Safety lock. 



with remote fan unit GB 031. One GB 

needed per VL 051. 


recom mended configurations of downdraft 

ventilations and remote fan units 

and the needed ducting elements. 

Maximum cooktop width between two 

VL: 60 cm (exception: CK 270). 

Maximum distance between cut-outs: 

5 cm. 

Centre VL 051 between Vario 

appliances. 

Combination of VL 041 and VL 051 

on one fan unit not possible. 

Do not operate next to VG 231 gas 

wok. 

Allow for maximum extension height 

400 mm. 

90° rotation this position. 

When combining with gas appliances, 

use maximum height setting 

(400 mm) only. 

Rotation range above gas cooktops 

(VG 232, KG 260) must be limited with 

metal pin (included). 





Do not fit in drawer area. 

Minimum worktop height 90 cm. 





Duct connection DN 125 cylindrical, 

downwards. 

Please ensure when installing the exhaust 

air ducting that no sharp bends 

are caused and that the cross-section 

of the ducting is not constricted in 

any way. 

When used in an island solution with 

strong air draft, exhaust power can be 

affected. 





Connection 



VL 041 107 


Control unit 



VL 040 107 



Air extraction /recirculation with 



AD 824 042 




AD 854 042 




AS 070 000 

Connection piece for extension in the 

case of installation next to VK or VF 

LS 041 000 

Air baffle for VG 231/232 and KG 260 

with VL 040/041 

VV 200 000 






pages 160 - 163. 



VL 041/VL 040 

- Ventilation element integrated in 

the worktop 

- Highly efficient ventilation system at 

the cooktop 





Output 






Features 

Output control, knob operation. 


Ventilation grille can be washed. 

Metal grease filter with grease drip 

tray. 

Additional switch for connection to AR. 



with remote fan units AR 400/401 or 

recirculation mode with AR 413. 





Maximum cooktop width between two 

VL: 60 cm (exception: CK 270). 

Combination of VL 041 and VL 051 

on one fan unit not possible. 

The air baffle LS 041 000 must be 

planned for installation next to gas 

appliances. 

When having installed the air baffle 

LS 041 000 the wok pan WP 400 001 

can not be used. 


air extraction mode or recirculation 

outlet in another area of room air (e.g. 

cellar) and a chimney-vented fireplace, 

the hood´s power supply line needs a 

suitable safety switch. 

Do not fit in drawer area. 





Duct connection downwards or 

sidewards: 

DN 125 cylindrical included. 

Optional DN 125/150 flat rectangular 

duct with connection piece 

AD 854/824 042 (special accessory). 

Connection of 2 VL with ducting 

2x DN 125 cylindrical or 

2x DN 125/150 rectangular at remote 

fan AR 4.. . 

For leading through the floor with 

connection of 2 DN 150 cylindrical use 

Y-joint AD 754 044. 

Please ensure when installing the 

exhaust air ducting that no sharp 

bends are caused and that the crosssection 

of the ducting is not constricted 

in any way. 





Connection 


AS 070 000 

382 372 

382 

60 

LS 041 000 

LS 041 000 

65

AI 480 180 


Width 180 cm 


Necessary accessories, please order 

separately 

AD 480 016 

Exhaust air duct set of two, stainless 

steel, for ceiling heights 

2.30 m - 2.54 m 

AD 480 026 



2.53 m - 2.77 m 

AD 480 036 



2.76 m - 3.00 m 

Air recirculation duct for ceiling 

heights including air flow in the 

duct (order activated charcoal filter 

seperately): 

AD 480 116 

Recirculating air duct set of two, stainless 


2.30 m - 2.54 m 

AD 480 126 



2.53 m - 2.77 m 

AD 480 136 



2.76 m - 3.00 m 

AA 480 180 

Activated charcoal air filter for 

AI/AW 480, set of two 

AD 480 396 

Ceiling collar for air ducts, 

Stainless steel, set of two 

Side duct, special ducts 

made to measure. 

Please enquire about price 



pages 160 - 163. 

Island hood 

AI 480 

- Two ducts, each with one 

individual fan 

- Air extraction or recirculation 

system, consistent extraction over 

the full width 

- 1530 m³/h output 

- Operation from both sides 

- Dimmable Soft-Light 

Output 

Max. air output 1900 m³/h with 

2 x DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 



Sound pressure level with DN 150: 

Air extraction 56 dB(A). 

Sound power level according to 

DIN EN 60704 with 2 x DN 150: 

Air extraction 70 dB (re 1 pW). 

Air recirculation 74 dB (re 1 pW). 

Features 

Control panel on both sides. 


levels. 





Cartridge-type filter, dishwasher-safe. 

Dimmable halogen Soft-Light 

4 x 20 W. 


For calculating the exhaust air line 

go to Rodun online at 










A large drop in output and significantly 

increased noise can be expected in 

the air recirculation mode in the case 

of ventilation hoods with a very high 

air output. 

Vario cooktops with intensive production 

of vapours like VR/VP/VF should 

be placed in the middle beneath the 

cooker hood (in this case air recirculation 

is not recommended). 

Clearance above gas appliances 

min. 65 cm. 

Clearance above electric appliances 

min. 55 cm. 

Side outlet only possible directly under 

the ceiling. 

Fit the socket concealed behind 

ventilation duct. 

Note the air lines of the two ducts. 

Two people are needed for installation. 

Weight 77 - 88 kg. 




grain 280. 



The dimensions of the air ducts refer to 

a distance of 1.60 m from the floor to 

the bottom edge of the hood. 

Convert for other installation heights: 

Worktop height + minimum clearance 

+ hood with duct. 

Connection 

Total connected load 600 W. 



AI 400 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 400 150 


Width 150 cm 


AI 402 120 


Width 120 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AI 402 150 


Width 150 cm 



Motorless 


separately 

AD 010 016 

Exhaust air duct stainless steel, for ceiling 

heights 2.23 m - 2.41 m 

AD 010 026 


heights 2.41 m - 2.73 m 



heights 2.73 m - 2.99 m 




seperately): 


Recirculating air duct stainless steel 

for ceiling heights 2.41 m - 2.73 m 







KF 001 010 

Activated charcoal air filter 





recirculation ducts you will fi nd at the 

pages 160 - 163. 



AI 400/ AI 402 

- Classic design, high performance 

- Highly efficient patented rim 

extraction 

- Planed and easy to clean underside 

with covered filters 




Output 


DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 






DIN EN 60704 with DN 150: 



Output ventilation appliances 

motorless 

See table page 166. 

Features 



levels. 





Rim extraction filter, dishwasher-safe. 


3 x 20/4 x 20 W. 

Glass cover. 

















air output. 







min. 70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 

Side outlet possible no lower than 

47 cm from the bottom edge of the 

hood (pipe middle). 







grain 280. 

Surfaces: Stainless steel 1.4016, 








Connection 

Total connected load 415/435 W. 


Plug pair for connecting cable for 

motorless hood included with the 

remote fan unit AR.

AI 280 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 281 120 

Aluminium-lacquered 

Width 120 cm 



separately 



heights 2.27 m - 2.44 m 

AD 280 026 


heights 2.44 m - 2.76 m 

AD 280 036 


heights 2.76 m - 2.98 m 


Exhaust air duct aluminium-lacquered, 

for ceiling heights 

2.27 m- 2.44 m 

AD 281 026 



2.44 m- 2.76 m 

AD 281 036 



2.76 m- 2.98 m 




seperately): 

AD 280 126 



AD 280 136 



AD 281 126 

Recirculating air duct aluminiumlacquered 


2.44 m - 2.76 m 

AD 281 136 



2.76 m - 2.98 m 

AD 280 396 



AD 281 396 






made to measure. For production 

reasons, aluminium-lacquered ducts 

have a longer delivery time. 




pages 160 - 163. 


AI 280/AI 281 

- Coanda effect on both sides leads 

to highly efficient extraction, even 

on lowest power level 




Output 


DN 150 unobstructed air flow, 

additionally 90 m³/h Coanda effect. 


DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 640 m³/h, additionally 

120 m³/h Coanda effect. 

Air recirculation 260 m³/h, additionally 








Features 



levels. 

Intensive mode with ongoing Coanda 

effect. 





Fully illuminated surface with compact 

fluorescent tube 2 x 36 W and dimmable 

Soft-Light. 

















air output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 






Weight 41- 45 kg. 




grain 280. 

Air extraction: 

AD 280/281 016 = 670-840 mm 

AD 280/281 026 = 840-1160 mm 

AD 280/281 036 = 1160-1380 mm 

Recirculation: 

AD 280/281 126 = 840-1160 mm 

AD 280/281 136 = 1160-1380 mm 

Recommendation for aluminium parts 

to match hood: RAL 9006 white-aluminium 

or request a paint sample. 









Connection 




AI 220 190 


Width 90 cm 


AI 220 100 


Width 100 cm 


AI 220 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 221 100 


Width 100 cm 


AI 221 120 


Width 120 cm 



separately 

Universal ducts for air extraction or 

recirculation (order starter set for air 

recirculation separately) 

AD 220 316 

Universal duct, 

Stainless steel, 

For ceiling heigths 

Air extraction 2.25 m - 2.57 m 

Air recirculation 2.25 m - 2.67 m 

AD 220 326 






AD 221 316 


Aluminium-lacquered, 




AD 221 326 






Intermediate heights have to be made 

by cutting the lower edge of the inner 

duct. 

AA 220 110 

Activated charcoal filter 

AD 220 186 

Starter set air recirculation with air flow 

in the duct and activated charcoal filter 

AD 220 396 



AD 221 396 





AI 220/AI 221 

- Sturdy design 


extraction 





Output 

Max. air output 780/780/870 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 730/730/800 m³/h. 

Air recirculation 460/460/480 m³/h. 


Air extraction 42/42/42 dB(A). 



Air extraction 56/56/59 dB (re 1 pW). 

Air recirculation 69/69/70 dB 

(re 1 pW). 

Features 


levels. 







4 x 20 W. 

















air output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 










grain 280. 
















pages 160 - 163. 




Connection 

Total connected load 

315/340/435 W. 


AI 200 102 


Width 100 cm 


AI 201 102 


Width 100 cm 


AI 202 102 


Width 100 cm 



Motorless 

AI 203 102 


Width 100 cm 



Motorless 


separately 


Exhaust air duct stainless steel, for 

ceiling heights 2.23 m - 2.41 m 










2.23 m- 2.41 m 




2.41 m- 2.73 m 




2.73 m- 2.99 m 




seperately): 










2.41 m - 2.73 m 




2.73 m - 2.99 m 










AI 200/AI 201/AI 202/AI 203 

- Classic Gaggenau design 


- Especially quiet with high 

performance 

Output 

Max. air output 790 m³/h with DN 150 

unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 










motorless 


Features 


levels. 







4 x 20 W. 













A large drop in output and significantly 



of ventilation hoods with a very high air 

output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 






Weight 24 kg. 




grain 280. 
















pages 160 - 163. 


AD 010/011 016 = 630-810 mm 

AD 010/011 026 = 810-1130 mm 








Connection 





remote fan unit AR. 


AW 480 180 


Width 180 cm 



separately 




2.30 m - 2.70 m 

AD 480 022 



2.60 m - 3.00 m 




seperately): 

AD 480 112 

Recirculating air duct set of two, 

stainless steel, for ceiling heights 2.30 

m - 2.70 m 

AD 480 122 

Recirculating air duct set of two, 

stainless steel, for ceiling heights 2.60 

m - 3.00 m 

AA 480 180 


AI/AW 480, set of two 

AD 480 392 


Stainless steel, set of two 






pages 160 - 163. 


Wall-mounted hood 

AW 480 

- Two ducts, each with one individual 

fan 

- Air extraction or recirculation 

system, consistent extraction over 

the full width 

- 1530 m³/h output 

Output 


2 x DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 






DIN EN 60704 with 2 x DN 150: 



Features 


levels. 





Cartridge-type metal filter, dishwashersafe. 


4 x 20 W. 

















output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 




Fit the socket concealed behind the 

left ventilation duct. 

Two people are needed for installation. 




welded and polished: 

brushed grain 280. 









Connection 



AW 400 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 400 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 400 150 


Width 150 cm 


AW 402 190 


Width 90 cm 

Air extraction 

Motorless 

AW 402 120 


Width 120 cm 


Motorless 

AW 402 150 


Width 150 cm 


Motorless 


separately 



heights 2.25 m - 2.64 m 



heights 2.64 m - 3.02 m 




seperately): 

















pages 160 - 163. 


AW 400/AW 402 

- Classic design, high performance 


extraction 





Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









(re 1 pW). 


motorless 


Features 


levels. 







3 x 20/3 x 20/4 x 20 W. 

















output. 







min. 70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 












Connection 


275/320/340 W. 




remote fan unit AR. 


AW 280 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 280 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 281 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 281 120 


Width 120 cm 



separately 



heights 2.25 m - 2.62 m 

AD 280 022 


heights 2.62 m - 3.01 m 




2.25 m- 2.62 m 

AD 281 022 



2.62 m- 3.01 m 




seperately): 

AD 280 112 



AD 280 122 


for ceiling heights 2.62 m - 3.01 m 

AD 281 112 



2.36 m - 2.62 m 

AD 281 122 



2.62 m - 3.01 m 
















pages 160 - 163. 



AW 280/AW 281 

- Coanda effect on both sides leads 

to highly efficient extraction, even 

on lowest power level 

- Reduced energy consumption and 

less noise 



Output 


unobstructed air flow, additionally 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 600 m³/h, additionally 80 

m³/h Coanda effect. 

Air recirculation 300 m³/h, additionally 








Features 


levels. 

Intensive mode with ongoing Coanda 

effect. 





Fully illuminated surface with compact 

fluorescent tube 2 x 36 W and dimmable 

Soft-Light. 

















air output. 







min. 70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 





AD 280/281 012 = 650-1020 mm 

AD 280/281 022 = 1020-1410 mm 


AD 280/281 112 = 760-1020 mm 

AD 280/281 122 = 1020-1410 mm 

Surfaces: Stainless steel1.4016, 








Connection 



AW 220 170 


Width 70 cm 


AW 220 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 220 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 221 170 


Width 70 cm 


AW 221 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 221 120 


Width 120 cm 



separately 

Universal ducts for air extraction or 

recirculation (order starter set for air 

recirculation separately) 

AD 220 312 






AD 220 322 




Air extraction 2.67 m - 3.01 m 


AD 221 312 






AD 221 322 




Air extraction 2.67 m - 3.01 m 


Intermediate heights have to be made 

by cutting the lower edge of the inner 

duct. 

AA 220 110 

Activated charcoal filter 

AD 220 182 

Starter set air recirculation with air flow 

in the duct and activated charcoal filter 

AD 220 392 



AD 221 392 




AW 220/AW 221 

- Sturdy design 


extraction 





Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 


levels. 







3 x 20 W. 

Quick-mounting system for convenient 

and exact horizontal balance of the 

hood. 



















min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 


62.5 cm from the bottom edge of the 








grain 280. 












Connection 










pages 160 - 163. 


AD 220/221 312 = 653-988 mm 

AD 220/221 322 = 1073-1408 mm 


AD 220/221 312 = 653-1098 mm 

AD 220/221 322 = 1173-1518 mm 


AW 200 172 


Width 70 cm, depth 56 cm 


AW 200 192 




AW 202 192 




Motorless 

AW 200 120 




AW 201 172 




AW 201 192 





separately 










2.25 m- 2.64 m 




2.64 m- 3.02 m 




seperately): 










2.36 m - 2.64 m 




2.64 m - 3.02 m 











AW 200/AW 201/AW 202 

- Classic Gaggenau design 



performance 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









(re 1 pW). 


motorless 


Features 


levels. 







3 x 20 W. 

















output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 




Surfaces: Stainless steel1.4016, 









pages 160 - 163. 













Connection 

Total connected load 220/220/280 W. 




remote fan unit AR.

AW 210 170 




AW 210 190 




AW 211 190 





separately 



heights 2.25 m - 2.64 m 



heights 2.64 m - 3.02 m 




2.25 m- 2.64 m 




2.64 m- 3.02 m 




seperately): 










2.36 m - 2.64 m 




2.64 m - 3.02 m 
















pages 160 - 163. 


AW 210/AW 211 

- Classic Gaggenau design, with 

reduced depth of 48 cm 



performance 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 


levels. 







3 x 20 W. 



















min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 












Connection 










AW 250 190 


Width 90 cm 



separately 



heights 2.34 m - 2.60 m 

AD 250 022 


heights 2.60 m - 2.85 m 

AD 250 032 


heights 2.85 m - 3.10 m 






pages 160 - 163. 

* Not known before going to print 



AW 250 

- More space above the cooktop 

- Harmonious look with covered 

cassette-type filters 

- Easy accessible controls 

- Air extraction 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 



Air extraction NN* dB(A). 




Features 


levels. 






Stainless steel filter covers, dishwasher-safe. 


3 x 20 W. 













The combination of AW 250 with Vario 

cooktops with intensive production of 

vapours like VR/VP/VF is not 

recommended. 

Installation not higher than minimum 

clearance above cooking appliance 

is recommended for most efficient 

extraction. 


min. 65 cm. 









welded and polished: 

brushed grain 280. 









Connection 



AH 900 161 

Stainless steel front panel 

Width 60 cm 


AH 900 171 


Width 70 cm 


AH 900 191 


Width 90 cm 



FF 900 056 

Metal grease filter for retrofitting 

AH 900 161/171 

FF 900 091 


AH 900 191 

KF 900 055 


retrofitting AH 900 161/171 

KF 900 090 


retrofitting AH 900 191 

LL 010 000 

Air baffle 

Fitted on upper cabinet above blow-out 

opening, recirculating air. This accessory 

prevents soiling of the ceiling. For 

AH 900/250, AF 280. 



pages 160 - 163 

Flat kitchen hood 

AH 900 

- From the inventor of flat kitchen 

hoods 

- Especially quiet 

- Easy filter change 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls at front. 


levels. 






Compact fluorescent lamp 

1 x 36/1 x 36/2 x 24 W. 

Light can be switched on separately. 

Extendable steam screen 175 mm. 

DN 150 or DN 125 exhaust air pipe 

connection. 



















min. 60 cm. 


min. 47 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet 

without base. 

70 cm hood can be installed in 60 cm 

upper cabinet. 

To change the filter, the door of the 

cabinet must be opened completely. 

Connection 




AH 250 161 

Aluminium front panel 

Width 60 cm 



FF 250 055 


AH 250 161 

GL 250 062 

White handle strip 

KF 250 055 


retrofitting AH 250 161 


Air baffle 




AH 900/250, AF 280. 



pages 160 - 163. 



AH 250 

- An early Gaggenau invention 

- Easy filter change 

- With additional rack 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls on the right side of the steam 

screen. 


levels. 


10 minutes run-on mode. 



Metal grease filter. 

Compact fluorescent lamp 1 x 36 W. 


Extendable steam screen 175 mm. 

Fan and light are switched on by pulling 

out the steam screen. 

DN 100 or DN 125 exhaust air pipe 

connection. 



















min. 60 cm. 


min. 47 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet or 

ventilation hood cabinet with spice 

rack. 

Minimum cabinet depth 285 mm (cabinet 

dimensions). 

Front panel can be replaced by furniture 

trim. 

Operator control on the right side of 

the steam screen. 

Connection 



AF 280 160 


Width 60 cm 


AF 280 170 


Width 70 cm 


AF 280 190 


Width 90 cm 



KF 280 001 

Starter set for conversion to 

recirculation 

Includes activated charcoal filter, pipe 

segment, recirculating air grille and 

installation material. 

KF 280 002 


retrofitting, matching all hood widths 


Air baffle 




AH 900/250, AF 280. 



pages 160 - 163. 


AF 280 

- Invisibly integrated in an individual 

furniture front 


- Controls can be individually placed 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls on the right or left side or at 

top of the steam screen. 


levels. 





2 cartridge-type grease filters. 


2 x 20 W. 


Extendable steam screen 155 mm 

with filter. 

DN 150 exhaust air pipe. 











min. 65 cm. 


min. 43 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet 

without base, but with spice rack. 

Minimum cabinet depth 293 mm (cabinet 

dimensions). 

Front panel can be replaced by furniture 

trim. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide upper 


When installed AF 280 170/ 

AF 280 190 in a 60 cm wide upper 

cabinet, the pull-out element protruding 

at the side is bolted to the adjacent 

furniture units. 

Upper cabinets of AH 240/250 can be 

used further by unlatching the cabinet 

base and modifying the spice rack 

(front panel height 

AF 280: 40 mm). 



fireplace, the hood’s power supply 


Connection 




AH 273 150 

Stainless steel filter 

Width 50 cm 


AH 273 170 


Width 70 cm 



KF 273 198 

Activated charcoal air fi lter for 

retrofitting AH 273/198 



pages 160 - 163. 


Canopy extractor 

AH 273 

- Installation in hoods with particularly 

low crown height 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

3 electro-mecanically controlled output 

levels. 



Halogen light 2 x 20 W. 





















min. 65 cm. 


min. 65 cm. 

Connection 



AH 198 150 


Width 50 cm 


AH 198 170 


Width 70 cm 



KF 273 198 

Activated charcoal air fi lter for 

retrofitting AH 273/198 



pages 160 - 163. 

Canopy extractor 

AH 198 

- Invisibly integrated in an individual 

furniture front 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

3 electro-mecanically controlled output 

levels. 



Halogen light 2 x 20 W. 





















min. 65 cm. 


min. 65 cm. 

Connection 



AR 400 130 

Metal housing 

Max. air output 1000 m³/h 

Inside installation 


AR 400 140 

Metal housing 





AA 009 910 

Ceiling installation set 

AD 702 045 

Pipe adapter from DN 200 to DN 150 



pages 160 - 163. 

* Not known/confirmed before going 

to print 

Remote fan unit 

AR 400 

- AR 400 140 for maximum output for 

downdraft ventilation and motorless 

hoods 

- Installation in a separate room 

allows lower noise level in the 

kitchen 

- To be combined with 1 motorless 

hood or 1-2 downdrafts 

Output 

Max. air output 1000/1400 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction NN/NN* m³/h. 


Air extraction NN/NN* dB(A). 



Air extraction NN/NN* dB (re 1 pW). 

Features 

Metal housing, zinc-plated. 

Pipe connections air intake: 

1 x DN 200 cylindrical, 4 x DN 150 

cylindrical. 

Pipe connection pressure side: 

1 x DN 200 cylindrical. 

Cover for air intake not in use. 






Installation in the drawer area with 

double height or on the floor with 

cut-out in the furniture base. Air intake 

with flat duct max. 2x DN 150 behind 

the drawers requires worktop depth of 

min. 700 mm. Cabinets without plinth 

possible. 









For noise optimisation, use the 

silencer SD 011 050. 

Duct length between AR and ventilation 

hood at least 2 m. 

For details of the remote fan unit’s 

effective air output in combination with 

a hood or downdraft, refer to the table 

section. 

Connection 

Plug pair for individual length of 

connecting cable 6 x 1.5 mm 2 . 


AR 401 130 



Outside wall mounting 


AR 401 140 



Outside wall mounting 



AA 401 400 

Perforated metal plate for air outlet 

AA 401 910 

Roof installation set for remote 

fan unit AR 401 for slanted roof 

AD 702 045 


AD 702 052 

Telescopic wall-duct 



pages 160 - 163. 

* Not known/confirmed before going 

to print 



AR 401 

- AR 401 140 for maximum output for 

downdraft ventilation and motorless 

hoods 

- Outside installation allows lower 

noise level in the kitchen 

- To be combined with 1 motorless 

hood or 1-2 downdrafts 

Output 

Max. air output 950/1200 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction NN/NN* m³/h. 


Air extraction NN/NN* dB(A). 



Air extraction NN/NN* dB (re 1 pW). 

Features 

Complete stainless steel housing. 












For noise optimisation, use the silencer 

SD 011 050. 

Duct length between AR and 

ventilation hood at least 2 m. 




section. 

Connection 

Plug pair for individual length of 

connecting cable 6 x 1.5 mm 2 . 

AR 413 120* 

Metal housing 


Air recirculation 


AD 702 045 



** Not known/confirmed before going 

to print 


AR 413 

- To be combined with 

1-2 downdrafts 

Output 

Max. air output 700** m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air recirculation NN** m³/h. 


Air recirculation NN** dB(A). 



Air recirculation NN** dB (re 1 pW). 

Features 

Metal housing, zinc-plated. 



Cover for air intake not in use. 


With a chimney-vented fireplace and 

installing AR 413 in another area 

of room air (e.g. cellar) the hood’s 

power supply line needs a suitable 

safety switch like with an exhaust mode 

ventilation. 

Installation in the drawer area with 

double height or on the floor with 

cut-out in the furniture base. Air intake 

with flat duct max. 2x DN 150 behind 

the drawers requires worktop depth of 

min. 700 mm. Cabinets without plinth 

possible. 


recommended configurations of downdraft 









a downdraft, refer to the table section.

GB 031 107 

White 



AS 080 031 

Connecting element DN 150 


GB 031 

- For inside installation 

- To be combined with 2 Vario 

ventilation elements, 1 direct 

ventilation or 1 motorless hood 

Output 

Max. air output 950 m3/h with DN 150 



For combination with a max. of 2 downdraft 

ventilations VL 040/041/431/430, 

1 VL 051. 

For installation in a base cabinet, plinth 

of the base cabinet (min. hight 15 cm), 

an ancillary room, cellar or attic. 

Air outlet fan unit DN 150/140. 

Plan the exhaust air ducting with a max. 

of 4 90 degree bends and 8 m ducting 

at the intake and discharge ends 

(78 mm WS 780 PA). 




section. 

Connection 

Connecting cable 2.0 m with plug 

(cable cross-section 5 x 1.5 mm²) 

for connection to motorless hood or 

Vario downdrafts; an extra plug pair is 

included for longer connections. 


Planning notes for combinations of downdraft ventilations VL 431/430 

and 041/040 with remote fan units AR 400 in undercounter situations. 

Please respect depth of cabinet body and protruding of the worktop for the required depth of the worktop. 

The required ducting elements can be found in the table on the next two double pages. 


Connection of flat ducting beneath 

cooktops (VI, VC, CI, CE, CK) directly 

to the backside. 

Single VL or symmetric configuration 

of ducting. 

For maximum airflow or duct lengths 

use flat ducting DN 150. 

For minimal worktop depth 650 mm 

use flat ducting DN 125. 

Connection of flat ducting beneath 

cooktops (VI, VC) directly to the 

backside with distance between ducts 

runs larger than between air intakes 

of AR. 

Asymmetric duct run. 

Use flexible ducting NW 150 to 

compensate this difference. 

Alternative for minimal worktop depth 

of 650 mm: flat ducting NW 125 with 

15°-bends for compensation. 

Connection of round ducting to 

the bottom side with flexible duct 

DN 125. 

To be used for VL beside Vario 

cooktops with deep housings 

(VR, VG, VP, VK, VF).


Recommended configurations of downdraft ventilations and remote fan units 

“Please refer to the cross section plans of cabinets on the previous pages for depth gauges and placement 

of the remote fan unit. 

Please refer to the following pages for an overview and details of duct elements. 

Adhesive tape is needed for all connections of plastic ducting.“ 


Confi guration of 

downdraft ventilations 

between cooktops 

Connection of duct 

elements to the downdraft 

ventilation 

VL 431/041 

with fl at duct 

VL 431/041 with 

fl exible duct 

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 


DN of duct 1x 150 1x 125 2x 150 2x 125 

Minimal worktop depth 

depending on protrusion 

and cabinet depth (mm) 

700 600 700 650-700 

Required connection 

pieces for VL 

1x AD 854 042 included 2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 

Recirculation mode: Required duct elements for direct connection of downdraft VL and remote fan unit AR 413 within the cabinet 

AR 413 

between VL and AR 1x AD 852 031 

1x AD 852 030 

1x AD 852 041 

1x AD 852 010 

1x AD 721 010 2x AD 852 031 

2x AD 852 030 

2x AD 852 041 


Exhaust mode: Required duct elements for direct connection of downdraft VL and remote fan unit AR 400 within the cabinet 

AR 400 with 

air intake on top 

GB 031 with 

air intake on top 

between VL and AR 1x AD 852 031 

1x AD 852 030 

1x AD 852 041 


between VL and AR 

1x AD 721 010 2x AD 852 031 

2x AD 852 030 

2x AD 852 041 


Exhaust mode: Required duct elements for the connection of remote fan unit with wall outlet, plus further ducts and bend 

AR 400 outlet 

with duct 150 

AR 400 outlet 

with fl at duct 150 

AR 400 outlet 

with fl exible 

duct 150 

AR 400 with 

outlet fl exible 

duct 200 

GB 031 

with outlet fl at 

duct 150 

GB 031 with 

outlet fl exible 

duct 150 

between AR and 

AD 750 050/051 


AD 850 050 


AD 750 050/051 


AD 700 051 

between GB and 

AD 750 050/051 

between GB and 

AD 750 050/051 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 

+ straight duct 

+ bends 

+ connection pieces 

1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 


poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

For all configurations of plastic ducts adhesive tape for fixing and sealing the connections is not included. 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 


2x UR 020 151 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 


2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 


poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 

with fl at + fl exible duct 

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 


VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 

with fl exible duct 

VL 051 


2x 150 2x 125 2x 125 1x 150 

750 650-700 600 600 

(Height: 900) 

2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 included included 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 852 042 


2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 852 042 


min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

8x AD 822 032 


2x UR 020 151 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

8x AD 822 032 


2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 


poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 



2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 


poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

1x UR 020 151 

2x AD 852 042 

2x AD 852 030 

1x AS 080 031 

min 1x AD 852 010 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 



poss. _ x RV 040 150 


Accessories for ventilation appliances 

The detailed overview of the ventilation appliances accessories with all planning information you will find in the tables on 

the next pages. 

AD 8.. 

Flat duct system with conducting fins 

Plastic 

DN 125/150 flat rectangular 

Allows for long duct runs with highest 

efficiency due to soft duct shape and 

conducting fins within duct bends. 

Compact installation height even with 

DN 150 allows for integration in floor 

constructions. 

Space-saving duct configuration of 

pairs of downdraft ventilation by use 

of DN 125. 

Features 

For further details see table of ventilation 

accessories. 


Respect straight alignment of ducts 

and exact angles. Use 15° bends for 

compensation. 

Secure and tighten all joints with 

adhesive tape. 

DN 125 only recommended for connecting 

pairs of downdraft ventilations 

to the remote fan. 

AD 750 050 

Comfort wall outlet with telescopic 

duct 

Stainless steel/Plastic 

DN 150 cylindric 

Very little loss of airflow and very low 

noise due to integrated conducting 

element. 

Optimal temperature insulation. 

Hermetically sealed by spring cap with 

magnet when ventilation is not active. 

Conform to blower-door test. 

Planned stainless steel cover with 

minimal effect to the aesthetics of the 

house facade, can be laminated. 

Features 

Nonwearing spring cap with ballbearings 

and magnet (no one-way flap 

required). 

Telescopic wall duct 314 - 500 mm for 

cylindrical duct DN 150. 


Conform to blower-door test. 

For connection of flat rectangular duct 

use connection piece AD 852 042. 

Wall breakthrough ø 155 mm. 


AD 750 051 

Wall outlet with telescopic duct 

Stainless steel/Plastic 


Little loss of airflow due to large 

stainless steel outlet louvers. 

Features 

Weatherproof stainless steel louvers. 

Integrated one-way flap. 

Telescopic wall duct 275 - 460 mm for 

cylindrical duct DN 150. 


For connection of flat rectangular duct 

use connection piece AD 852 042. 

Wall breakthrough ø 155 mm. 

AD 850 050 

Wall outlet 



Little loss of airflow due to large 

stainless steel outlet louvers. 

Compact dimensions with flat 

structure. 

Features 



Connection piece flat duct rectangular 

DN 150. 


Direct connection of flat rectangular 

duct DN 150 without connecting 

pieces. 

Wall breakthrough 230 x 10 mm. 

AD 700 051 

Wall outlet 



Little loss of airflow due to large stainless 

steel outlet louvers. 

Features 



Connection piece DN 200 cylindrical 


For use with telescopic wall-duct 

AD 702 

Wall breakthrough ø 210 mm 

AD 702 052 

Telescopic wall-duct 


Features 

Connection piece DN 200 cylindrical. 



For use with wall outlet AD 700 051 or 

remote fan unit AR 401. 

Wall breakthrough ø 210 mm.

AD … .9. 

Ceiling collar for air ducts 

Stainless steel/aluminium-lacquered 

Covers the fixing screws of wall and 

island air ducts as well as uneven gaps 

at not exactly horizontal ceilings. 

Allows the installation of cusomised 

one-piece wall ducts and island ducts 

without telescope. 

Features 

Ceiling fixture for duct and clip-on 

cover in the color of duct. 


Available for most of the Gaggenau 

duct dimensions to fit with standard 

ducts. 

Order customised ducts separately. 

AD 999 180* 

Comfort window contact switch 

For combination with 

all AW/AI 400/220 

Radio controlled 

Provides secure supply of additional 

air for ventilation hoods with air extraction 

mode and a chimneyvented 

fireplace. 

Allows the use of light even when 

window is closed. 


To be installed by qualified personnel 

only. 

* Available 3rd quarter 2010 

Air baffle 

LS 041 000 

for VL 040/041 

next to gas appliance. 

Air baffle 


Fitted on upper cabinet above 

blow-out opening, recirculating air. 

This accessory prevents soiling of the 

ceiling. 

For AH 900/250/240, AF 280. 

Silencer 

SD 011 150 

for DN 150. 

1120 mm long. 

ø 158 

ø 207 

ø 148,5 

40 

20 

Metal grease filters for retrofitting 

FF 250 055 

AH 250 161 

FF 900 056 

AH 900 161/171 

FF 900 091 

AH 900/191 

1120 

1000 

65 mm 

Activated charcoal filters for retrofitting 

KF 273 198 

AH 198 150/170, AH 273 150/170 

KF 900 055 

AH 900 161/171 

KF 900 090 

AH 900 191 

KF 250 055 

AH 250 161, 60 cm wide 

KF 280 002 

AF 280 160/170/190 


AW/AI 200/280/400, AW 210 

AA 480 180 

AW/AI 480 (set of 2) 

AA 409 100 


AA 409 130 

AT 400 131 


Special accessories for ventilation appliances. 

Flat duct system AD 8… Flat duct Flat duct bend 90° 

vertical 


Flat duct bend 90° 

horizontal 

Material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic 

Length mm 1000 

Flat duct bend 15° 

horizontal 

DN 150 AD .5. … AD 852 010 AD 852 030 AD 852 031 AD 852 032 

DN 125 AD .2. … AD 822 010 AD 822 030 AD 822 031 AD 822 032 

Universal AD .9. … 

Connecting pieces necessary for combination 

with 1 straight duct Pieces 1 0 0 0 

with 1 bend Pieces 0 0 0 0 

with fl exible ducting Pieces - - - - 

Planning notes DN 125 only recommended 

to connect pairs of 

VL 431/430 or 

VL 041/040 with remote 

fan unit AR 

Cylnidric ducts AD 7… Flexible duct 

cylindrical 

Use short piece of straight 

duct to connect two bends 

of 90° 

Use short piece of straight 

duct to connect two bends 

of 90° 

For compensation of 

straight ducts out of line or 

non-rectangular bends. 

Duct cylindrical Duct bend 90° Condensation trap 

Material Aluminium Plastic Plastic Plastic 

Length mm 1000 - 3000 1000 

DN 200 AD .0. … AR 050 200 

DN 150 AD .5. … AD 751 010 AD 752 010 AD 752 030 AD 752 070 

DN 125 AD .2. … AD 721 010 

Universal AD .9. … 

Connecting pieces necessary for combination 

with 1 straight duct Pieces - 1 0 0 

with 1 bend Pieces - 0 - - 

with fl exible ducting Pieces 1 - - 0 

Planning notes Recommended only for 

non-linear or non-rectangular 

ductings or cylindrical 

wall or ceiling ducts. 

2 hose clamps included. 

Press the duct wall at the 

ends to fi t properly to all 

connection pieces. 

For the connection of 

hoods directly beneath the 

wall outlet. 

For the connection of 

hoods directly beneath the 

wall outlet. 

Recommended below 

longer vertical ducts.

Flat duct connection piece 

for VL 

Flat duct adapter 

cylindrical 

Flat duct adapter 

cylindrical 90° 

Flat duct connection 

piece 

Metal zinc plated Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic 

190 10m/roll 

AD 854 042 AD 852 041 AD 852 042 AD 852 040 

AD 824 042 AD 822 041 AD 822 040 

1 Flat 0 / Cylindrical 0 Flat 0 / Cylindrical 0 1 

0 - - 0 

- RV … 0 - 

One piece needed for each 

VL 431/430/041/040 to be 

connected to fl at ducts. To be 

exchanged with serial cylindrical 

connection piece. Outlet to the 

left/rigth/bottom possible. 

For connection of fl at duct Direct connection to 

DN 150 to wall outlet or fl exible ducting. 

remote fan unit with round 

connection pieces.Connect 

fl exible cylindrical ducting 

with connecting pieces RV. 

Silencer Y-joint DN 150/125 Pipe adapter Pipe connection piece 

for cylindrical duct 

Adhesive tape for duct 

components 

AD 990 090 

Necessary for all connections 

of duct components 

Pipe connection piece 

for flexible duct 

Plastic Metal zinc coated/plastic Plastic Metal zinc coated Plastic 

1110 10m/roll 

AD 702 045 RV 040 200 

SD 011 150 AD 754 044 UR 020 151 AD 754 090 RV 040 150 

0 - 0 - - 

- - - - - 

0 0 0 

Silence reduction with 

straight installation approx 

2 dB(A), bend approx 

3-4 dB(A). 

Recommended to connect Connect fl at ducts to VL 051 with 

pairs of VL 431/430 or UR 020 151 and AD 852 042. 

VL 041/040 to one round 

fl oor breakthrough DN 150. 

RV 030 125 

Adhesive tape for duct 

components 

AD 990 090 

Necessary for all connections 

of duct components 


Table ventilation/downdrafts. 

Appliance type Table ventilation Table ventilation 

Series – – 

Stainless steel AT 400 131 AT 400 101 

Aluminium 

Air extraction/recirculation •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width on worktop (cm) 136,2 105,7 

Width in lower cabinet (cm) 116 86 

Depth (cm) 19 19 

Height in lower cabinet (cm) 670 – 800 670 – 800 

Net weight (kg) 81 62 

Air extraction performance (DIN EN 61591), min/max/Int 

Air extraction (m³/h) 750 750 

Air recirculation (m³/h) 410/680/750 410/680/750 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed) with fan units, min/max/Int 

Exhaust air with AR 400 130 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 400 140 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 401 130 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 401 140 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with GB 031 107 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Recirculation air with AR 413 120 for inside installation 2 , DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Sound power level (DIN EN 60704) 

Max. standard level incl. Tolerance (dB (re 1 pW)) depends on fi tting depends on fi tting 

Sound pressure level 

Max. standard level (dBA) 

Features 

Glass cover AA 400 230¹ AA 400 200¹ 

Sealing fl aps 

Extendible swivel arm 

Metal grease fi lter Centrifugal Centrifugal 

Grease drain channel • • 

Fan levels (No.) 3 3 

Run-on function • • 

Interval ventilation • • 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator • • 

Control panel arrangement Keys on the front Keys on the front 

Function indicators/display •/– •/– 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 36 W 30 W 

Illuminance (lx) 750 750 

Exhaust air connection bottom/side 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150 150 

Connector für rectangular fl at duct AD 852 041/042¹,² AD 852 041/042¹,² 

Motor output (W) 280 280 

Connecting cable length (m) 2.0 2.0 

Connection 

Total connected load (W) 316 310 

Radio frequency interference-suppressed • • 


¹ Special accessory 

² Available 2. quarter 2010 

³ Not known/confirmed before going to print 

164 Ventilation appliances

Downdraft Downdraft Downdraft Downdraft Downdraft 

400 series 400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

Control unit Extension element for VL 431 107 Control unit Control unit Extension element for VL 041 107 

VL 431 107 VL 430 107 

VL 051 107 VL 041 107 VL 040 107 

•/– •/– •/– •/- •/- 

9,3 9,3 17 8,5 8,5 

7,8 7,8 15 7,8 7,8 

51 51 51 51 51 

29,5 29,5 71 29,5 29,5 

4 4 19 4 4 

VL 431 only VL 431 + VL 430 1 VL 051 per fan unit VL 041 solo VL 041 + VL 040 

NN³ NN³ NN³ NN³ NN³ 




229/320/400 


depends on fi tting depends on fi tting depends on fi tting depends on fi tting depends on fi tting 

• • 

Stainless steel Stainless steel 

• 

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel 

• • • • 

2 3 2 

• • • 

• 

Keys on top Knobs on top Knob on top 

•/– –/– –/– 

•/• •/• •/– •/• •/• 

125 125 125 125 125 

AD 852/822 042¹,² AD 852/822 042¹,² AD 852 + UR 020 151¹,² AD 852/822 042¹,² AD 852/822 042¹,² 

1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 

depending on fan unit depending on fan unit 220 depending on fan unit depending on fan unit 

• • • • • 


Island hoods. 

Appliance type Island hood Island hood Island hood 

Stainless steel AI 480 180 AI 400 150⁴ AI 400 120⁴ 


Stainless steel, motorless AI 402 150⁴ AI 402 120⁴ 

Aluminium-lacquered, motorless 

Air extraction/recirculation •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 

Dimensions with ventilation duct 

Width (cm) 180 150 120 

Depth (cm) 70 70 70 

Height, air extraction/recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 70 – 140 63 – 139/81 – 139 63 – 139/81 – 139 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 65 – 68 44 – 46 34 – 36 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 12 – 20 8 – 12 8 – 12 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed), min/max/Int 

Air extraction (m³/h) 750/1200/1900 340/740/1070 340/740/1070 

Air extraction Coanda eff ect (m³/h) 

Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 450 450 




Air recirculation (m³/h) 390/590/730¹ 290/480/500¹ 290/480/500¹ 



AR 400 130 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN 4 NN 4 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN 4 NN 4 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN 4 NN 4 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN 4 NN 4 


Max. normal level air extraction (dB (A)) 56 48 48 


Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction/recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 70/74¹ 62/73¹ 62/73¹ 

Features 

Coanda eff ect 

Glass cover • • 

Rim extraction/rim extraction fi lters •/• •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • 

Fan output levels (No.) 3 3 3 

Intensive mode • • • 

Run-on function • • • 

Interval ventilation • • • 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator • • • 

Function indicators 2 2 2 

Halogen lighting (W) 4 x 20 4 x 20 3 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting 

Illuminance (lx) 420 500 520 

Soft-Light • • • 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150 150 150 

Exhaust air connection piece, top/side/rear/front S = specially produced •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S 

Fans (No.) 2 1/0 1/0 

Fan output (W) 600 275 260 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,5 1,2 1,2 

Minimum clearance above cooking area 

For gas appliances (cm) 65 70 70 

For electric appliances (cm) 55 60 60 

Connection 

Total connected load (W) 680 435 320 

Radio frequency interference-suppressed • • • 


¹ If the air output is high during the air circulation mode, a considerable drop in output and clearly increased noise in comparison with air extraction is to be expected. 

² Special accessory ³ The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

⁴ Not known/confirmed before going to print 


Island hood Island hood Island hood Island hood Island hood 

AI 280 120 AI 200 102 AI 220 120 AI 220 100 AI 220 190 

AI 281 120 AI 201 102 AI 221 120 AI 221 100 

AI 202 102 

AI 203 102 

•/• •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 

120 100 120 100 90 

70 65 70 70 60 

67 – 138/84 – 138 64 – 140/82 – 140 65 – 149/65 – 159 65 – 149/65 – 159 65 – 149/65 – 159 

41 – 45 25 – 33 NN 4 NN 4 NN 4 

8 – 12 8 – 12 NN 4 NN 4 NN 4 

290/510/690³ 310/540/790 330/640/870 330/550/780 330/550/780 

50/90/90 

500 425 NN 4 NN 4 NN 4 

280/470/640³ 300/520/750 320/680/800 320/540/730 320/540/730 

45/115/120 

160/240/260¹ 230/400/470¹ 240/420/480¹ 240/390/460 240/390/460 

65/70/80 

NN 4 

NN 4 

NN 4 

NN 4 

49 47 44 42 42 

63³/68¹ 61/71¹ 59/70¹ 56/69 56/69 

• 

•/• •/• •/• 

• • 

3 3 3 3 3 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

2 1 1 1 1 

2 x 36 

4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20 

913 540 

• • • • • 

150 150 150 150 150 

•/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S 

1 1/0 1 1 1 

260 215 NN4 NN4 NN4 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 

65 65 65 65 65 

55 60 55 55 55 

332 295 NN 4 NN 4 NN 4 

• • • • • 


Wall-mounted hoods. 

Appliance type Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

Stainless steel AW 480 180 AW 400 150 AW 400 120 


Stainless steel, motorless AW 402 150 AW 402 120 


Air extraction/recirculation •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 


Width (cm) 180 150 120 

Depth (cm) 52 55 55 

Height, air extraction/recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 70 – 140 64 – 142/75 – 142 64 – 142/75 – 142 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 47 – 50 38 – 40 30 – 37 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 








Air recirculation (m³/h) 390/590/730¹ 240/420/490¹ 240/420/490¹ 



AR 400 130 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN³ NN³ 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN³ NN³ 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN³ NN³ 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) NN³ NN³ 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction/recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 70/74¹ 59/71¹ 59/71¹ 

Features 


Glass cover • • 

Rim extraction/rim extraction fi lters •/• •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • • • 






Function indicators • • • 



Illuminance (lx) 290 420 520 



Exhaust air connection piece, top/side/rear/front S = specially produced •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

Fans (No.) 2 1/0 1/0 

Fan output (W) 600 260 260 





Connection 

Total connected load (W) 680 340 320 




² The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

3 Not known/confirmed before going to print 


Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

AW 400 190 AW 280 120 AW 280 190 AW 200 120 AW 200 192 AW 200 172 

AW 281 120 AW 281 190 AW 201 192 AW 201 172 

AW 402 190 AW 202 192 

•/•¹ •/• •/• •/•¹ •/• •/• 

90 120 90 120 90 70 

55 54 54 56 56 56 

65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 141/76 – 141 65 – 141/76 – 141 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 

25 – 32 33 – 35 29 – 31 24 21 – 28 22 – 25 

7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 

290/540/780 300/520/680² 300/500/640² 290/540/780 260/470/680 260/470/680 

40/60/80 40/60/80 

410 410 405 425 380 380 

270/520/740 270/450/610² 270/440/600² 270/520/740 250/450/650 250/450/650 

50/80/80 50/80/80 

230/400/470¹ 170/250/300 170/250/300 230/400/470¹ 190/340/430 190/340/430 

70/100/100 70/100/100 

NN³ NN³ 

NN³ NN³ 

NN³ NN³ 

NN³ NN³ 

41 47 47 44 43 43 

55/69¹ 61²/70 61²/70 58/71¹ 57/66 57/66 

• • 

• 

•/• 

• • • • • • 

3 3 3 3 3 3 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 

2 x 36 2 x 36 

520 962 1276 350 400 480 

• • • • 

150 150 150 150 150 150 

•/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

1/0 1 1 1 1/0 1/0 

215 215 215 160 160 160 

1,2 1,2 1,2 1,3 1,3 1,3 

70 70 70 65 65 65 

60 60 60 60 60 60 

275 295 295 280 220 220 

• • • • • • 


Wall-mounted hoods. 

Appliance type Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

Stainless steel AW 210 190 AW 210 170 AW 220 120 

Aluminium-lacquered AW 211 190 AW 221 120 

Stainless steel, motorless 


Air extraction/recirculation •/• •/• •/• 


Width (cm) 90 70 120 

Depth (cm) 48 48 50 

Height, air extraction/recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 141/65 – 152 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 19 16 NN 4 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 7 – 9 7 – 9 NN 4 




Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 380 380 NN 4 




Air recirculation (m³/h) 190/340/430 190/340/430 230/380/440 



AR 400 130 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction/recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 57/66 57/66 58/69 

Features 


Glass cover 

Rim extraction/rim extraction fi lters •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • • • 






Function indicators • • • 



Illuminance (lx) 400 480 NN 4 



Exhaust air connection piece, top/side/rear/front S = specially produced •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

Fans (No.) 1 1 1 

Fan output (W) 160 160 NN 4 





Connection 





² The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

⁴ Not known/confirmed before going to print 


Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

AW 220 190 AW 220 170 AW 250 190 

AW 221 190 AW 221 170 

•/• •/• •/- 

90 70 90 

50 50 55 

65 – 141/65 – 152 65 – 141/65 – 152 NN⁴ 

NN⁴ NN⁴ NN⁴ 


320/510/760 320/510/760 270/540/870 


310/510/720 310/510/720 260/520/820 

230/380/440 230/380/440 

44 44 NN⁴ 

58/69 58/69 63 

•/• •/• •/- 

• • • 

3 3 3 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

3 x 20 2 x 20 3 x 20 

NN⁴ NN⁴ 410 

• • • 

150 150 150 

•/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

1 1 1 


1,3 1,3 NN⁴ 

65 65 NN⁴ 

55 55 NN 4 

• • • 


Flat kitchen hoods. 

Appliance type Flat kitchen hood Flat kitchen hood Flat kitchen hood 

Stainless steel-coloured AH 900 191/171/161 

Aluminium AH 250 161 AF 280 190/170/160 

Air extraction/recirculation •/• •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 90; 70; 60 60 90; 70; 60 

Depth (cm) 30 30 28 

Depth when steam screen extended (cm) 48 48 43 

Height (cm) 43 50 48 

Net weight (kg) 20; 17; 16 15 17; 14; 14 



Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 460 370 420 

Air extraction performance DIN EN 61591, min/max/Int 


Air recirculation (m³/h) 160/280/370 140/210/300 170/330/430 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction/recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 54/64 62/64 59/64 

Features 

Glass screen • • 

Metal grease fi lter type Drawer Drawer Cartridges 




Interval ventilation • • 


Arrangement of controls Buttons at front Buttons on right Buttons variable 

Function indicators/display •/– •/– –/• 

Halogen lighting (W) 3 x 20; 2 x 20; 2 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 2 x 24; 36; 36 36 

Illuminance (lx) 650; 680; 680 560 500; 450; 450 

Soft-Light • 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150 125/100 150/125 

Exhaust air connection piece, top/side/rear/front S = specially produced •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Fans (No.) 1 2 1 

Fan output (W) 190 2 x 80 200 

Connecting cable length (m) 1.5 1.5 1.5 




Connection 

Total connected load (W) 240; 230; 230 200 260; 240; 240 





Canopy extractors. 

Appliance type Canopy extractor Canopy extractor 

Stainless steel-coloured AH 273 170/150 AH 198 170/150 

Air extraction/recirculation •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 73/53 73/53 

Depth (cm) 34,6 34,6 

Height (cm) 31 (Housing) 16 (Housing) 

Net weight (kg) 11/10 9/8 


Air extraction (m³/h) 250/430/630 260/440/700 



Air extraction (m³/h) 220/400/600 240/400/640 

Air recirculation (m³/h) 180/340/470 190/320/430 


Max. normal level air extraction (dB (A)) 46 47 


Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction/recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 58/61 59/63 

Features 

Glass screen 

Metal grease fi lter type Cartridges Cartridges 

Fan output levels (No.) 3 3 

Intensive mode • • 

Run-on function 

Interval ventilation 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator 

Arrangement of controls Bottom slide Bottom slide 

Function indicators/display 

Halogen lighting (W) 2 x 20 2 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 

Illuminance (lx) 360 360 

Soft-Light 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150/120 150/120 

Exhaust air connection piece, top/side/rear/front S = specially produced •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Fans (No.) 1 2 

Fan output (W) 200 2 x 100 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,3 1,3 


For gas appliances (cm) 65 65 

For electric appliances (cm) 65 65 

Connection 






Remote fan units. 

Version Outside wall Outside wall 

Stainless steel AR 401 140 AR 401 130 

Metal zinc plated 

Air extraction/recirculation •/– •/– 

Installation possibility 

Slanted roof (not Eternit) AA 401 910¹ AA 401 910¹ 

Outside wall • • 

Inside wall 

Bottom cupboard 

Attic 

Cellar 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 366 366 

Depth (cm) 257 257 

Height (cm) 460 460 

Net weight (kg) NN³ NN³ 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed) min/max/Int DN 200 DN 200 

Air extraction (m³/h) NN³/1200 NN³/950 

Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) NN³ NN³ 

Features 

Exhaust air intake connection piece (ø mm) 200 200 

Exhaust air outlet connection piece (ø mm) - - 

Fans (No.) 1 1 

Fan output (W) 

Connecting cable length (m) 

Additional connector pair for extension • • 

Ratings in combination with extraction element 




² Available 2. quarter 2010 

3 Not known/confirmed before going to print 


Inside Inside Inside recirculation Inside 

AR 400 140 AR 400 130 AR 413 120 2 GB 031 107 

•/– •/– –/• •/– 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

511 511 600 500 

425 425 480 500 

256 256 255 220 

NN³ NN³ NN 3 15 

DN 200 DN 200 DN 150 

NN³/1400 NN³/1000 700 3 950 

NN³ NN³ 750 

200/4x150 200/4x150 2x150 150 1 /2x125 

200 200 150 

1 1 1 1 

1 

2 

• • • 

• • • 


Cooling appliances. 

Overviews. 178–181 

Vario cooling 400 series: Cooling, freezing and wine. 182–189 

Specials accessories Vario cooling 400 series. 190–191 

Fridge-freezer combinations. 192–197 

Vario cooling 200 series: Cooling and freezing. 198–207 

Other cooling appliances. 208–215 

Wine. 216–219 


177 

Cooling appliances

Overview. 

Vario cooling 400 series 

Niche 213 

RB 491 RY 491 RC 472 

RC 462 

RF 471 RF 463 RF 461 RF 413 RF 411 RW 464 RW 414 

FK: Fresh cooling 

FK 0 °C: Fresh cooling to 0 °C 

W: Wine 

D: Ice and water dispenser 

Ice: Ice maker 

178 Cooling appliances

Overview. 

Fridge-freezer combinations 

Height 202/200 

Vario cooling 200 series 

Niche 178 

Niche 140 

Height /Niche 178 

RB 272 RS 495 RY 495 

RB 289 RB 287 RT 289 RT 287 RC 289 RF 287 

RT 249 RC 249 RC 247 

RF 247 

Cooling appliances 179

Overview. 

Other cooling appliances 

Niche 178 

RB 282 RB 280 

RT 282 

RC 280 

Niche 140 

RT 242 

Niche 123 

RT 222 

Niche 82 / Under-counter 

RT 200 

RC 242 

RC 222 

RC 200 

180 Cooling appliances 

RT 220 

RF 200 

RC 220

Overview. 

Wine climate cabinet 

Niche 213 

RW 464 

Height 185 

RW 262 

Niche 123 

RW 414 

RW 424 RW 404 

Niche 82 / Under-counter 


RY 491 200 

fully integrated 

Niche width 91.4 cm, 

Niche height 213.4 cm 

With two doors 


1 ice cube scoop 


RA 460 000 

Accessory for side-by-side installation 

RA 460 011 

Additional side heating element 

RA 460 030 

Connecting element for vertically split 

fronts (for fridge-freezer combination) 


RA 035 030 

Bottle cooler in aluminium 

RA 421 912 

Stainless steel door panels with 

handles 

For RY 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 932 

Aluminium door panels with handles 

For RY 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 423 910 

Cladding set in stainless steel 

For freestanding RB/RY 491 (side 

walls, top, plinth panel). 

Door panels and ventilation grille 

in stainless steel must be ordered 

separately. 

Cladded appliance measurements 

overall: Width 96 cm, height 215 cm, 

depth 63 cm. 

Appliance must be fixed to the wall at 

the top rear. 

RA 425 110 

Handle bar, stainless steel, long 

With 3 mounts, length 1131 mm, 

drilling distance between each mount 

554 mm. 

RA 425 130 

Handle bar, aluminium, long 



554 mm. 

RA 425 910 

Handle bar, stainless steel, short 


drilling distance between the mounts 

787 mm. 

RA 425 930 

Handle bar, aluminium, short 



787 mm. 


Activated charcoal filter for water filter 

systemincluding saturation indicator 

RA 461 910 



Vario fridge-freezer combination 

400 series 

RY 491 

- Stainless steel interior 

- Generous lighting concept 

- Solid aluminium door racks 


- Integrated ice maker with fixed inlet 

water connection 

- One motorised glass shelf, adjustable 

when fully loaded 

- Fully extendable freezer drawer with 

practical divider 

- Energy efficiency class A+ 


Electronic temperature control with 

digital display. 

Technical Features 

Dynamic cold air distribution. 

Automatic defrosting with defrost water 

evaporation. 

Activated charcoal air filter. 

Energy-saving vacation mode. 

Open-door and malfunction alarm. 

Cooling 


No-frost technology with fast cooling. 

Temperature adjustable from 

+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 safety glass shelves, 1 of which is 

motorised. 

1 asymmetrically split safety glass 

shelf, manually adjustable. 

2 fully extendable drawers with transparent 

front. 

Bright interior lighting with light pillars 

and 2 ceiling spots. 

4 height-adjustable door racks, 2 of 

which are extra deep. 

2 door racks with transparent front 

flap. 

Fresh cooling 


No-frost technology. 

1 full width fully extendable fresh 

cooling drawer with transparent front, 

manually controllable. 

Freezing 


No-frost technology with fast freezing. 


-14 °C to -25 °C. 

4-star freezer compartment. 

Freezing capacity 23 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 22 h. 

2 fully extendable drawers. 

Interior lighting with 2 spots. 

Ice maker 

Integrated in the freezer compartment, 

with fixed inlet water 

connection. 

Can be switched off. 

Ice cube production approx. 

1.7 kg/24h. 

Removable ice storage container with 

approx. 2 kg capacity. 

Consumption data 


1.15 kwh/24 h. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




Flat hinge. 

Door opening angle of 115°, fixable 

at 90°. 

Max. door panel weight: 

Each door 57 kg. 

Drawer 10 kg. 

Socket can be behind the appliance. 

Please read additional planning notes 

on page 188/189. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 

Supply hose 3.0 m with 3/4 “ 

connection. 

Water pressure 2.4 to 8.3 bar.

RB 491 200 




With one door 




RA 460 000 




RA 460 030 


fronts (for fridge-freezer combination) 


RA 035 030 


RA 421 910 

Stainless steel door panels with 

handles 

For RB 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 930 

Aluminium door panels with handles 

For RB 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 423 910 

Cladding set in stainless steel 

For freestanding RB/RY 491 (side 

walls, top, plinth panel). 

Door panels and ventilation grille 

in stainless steel must be ordered 

separately. 

Cladded appliance measurements 

overall: Width 96 cm, height 215 cm, 

depth 63 cm. 

Appliance must be fixed to the wall at 

the top rear. 

RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 425 910 

Handle bar, stainless steel, short 



787 mm. 

RA 425 930 

Handle bar, aluminium, short 



787 mm. 




RA 461 910 



400 series 

RB 491 









- One asymmetricly split glass shelf 










evaporation. 




Cooling 




+2 °C to +8 °C. 


motorised. 

1 asymmetrically split safety glass 

shelf, manually adjustable. 


front. 




which is extra deep. 

1 door rack with transparent front flap. 

Fresh cooling 


No-frost technology. 

1 full width fully extendable fresh 

cooling drawer with transparent front, 

manually controllable. 

Freezing 




-14 °C to -25 °C. 




2 fully extendable drawers. 


Ice maker 


with fixed inlet water 

connection. 



1.7 kg/24h. 





1.15 kwh/24 h. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




Flat hinge. 

Door hinge right, reversible. 


at 90°. 


Door 25 kg. 

Drawer 10 kg. 



on page 188/189. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 

Water pressure 2.4 to 8.3 bar. 


RC 462 200 


Niche width 61 cm, 


RC 472 200 





RA 460 000 




RA 460 020 


appliance fronts (for a flush front) 

RA 460 040 

Finger protection for extra long furniture 

fronts 


RA 421 610 

Stainless steel door panel with handle 

For 61 cm wide appliances, 

panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 630 

Aluminium door panel with handle 



RA 421 710 


For 76.2 cm wide appliances, 


RA 421 730 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 712 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 713 



left-hinged. 


Vario refrigerator 400 series 

RC 462/RC 472 




- Net volume 365/477 litres 

- Fresh cooling drawer, temperature 

controlfrom 0 °C to 3 °C 








Dynamic cold air distribution with 

Multi-Air-Flow. 


evaporation. 




Cooling 

Net volume 314/410 litres. 



+2 °C to +8 °C. 


motorised, 2 manually adjustable. 

2 fully extendable drawers with 

transparent front, 1 of which deep and 

1 shallow. 



3 height adjustable door racks, 1 of 



Fresh cooling close to 0 °C 


Separate automatic temperature 

control, with settings for fish, meat or 

vegetables. 

1 large, fully extendable drawer with 

transparent front and integrated 

lighting. 



0.459/0.497 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 

Max. door panel weight 35/21 kg. 



on page 188/189. 

Connection 


0.266/0.311 kW. 


RF 413 200 




Right-hinged 

RF 413 201 




Left-hinged 

RF 463 200 




Right-hinged 

RF 463 201 




Left-hinged 


RA 460 000 




RA 460 020 



RA 460 040 


fronts 


RA 035 030 


RA 422 110 




RA 422 130 




RA 422 610 




RA 422 630 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 




Vario freezer 400 series 

RF 413/RF 463 




- Illuminated dispenser for ice cubes, 

crushed ice and chilled water 


- Net volume 191/294 litres 







evaporation. 



Freezing 



-14 °C to -25 °C. 


Freezing capacity 9/14 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 

10/14 h. 

4 solid metal shelves, 2 of which are 

manually adjustable. 


front, 1 of which large, 

1 regular. 


1 extra deep door rack. 


Ice and water dispenser 

Illuminated, with pull-down flap to 

accomodate large pitchers and sport 

bottles. 

Integrated, with fixed inlet water 

connection. 



1.9 kg/24 hrs. 

Ice cubes and crushed ice. 

Anti-Clump technology. 


approx. 2.5 kg capacity. 

Chilled water supply approx. 

1.5 litres. 




1.064/1.05 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


at 90°. 




on page 188/189. 

Connection 

Total connected load 0.55/0.59 kW. 


Water inlet. 


connection. 


RA 461 114 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 115 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 614 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 615 



left-hinged. 

WF 040 020 

Descaling and neutralising filter 

WF 040 021 




RF 411 200 




RF 461 200 




RF 471 200 







RA 460 000 




RA 460 020 



RA 460 040 


fronts 


RA 035 030 


RA 421 110 




RA 421 130 




RA 421 610 




RA 421 630 




RA 421 710 




RA 421 730 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 



RF 411/RF 461/RF 471 



- Net volume 211/314/417 litres 










evaporation. 



Freezing 



-14 °C to -25 °C. 


Freezing capacity 18/18/20 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 

14/19/19 h. 

4 solid metal shelves, 3 of which are 

manually adjustable. 


front, 1 of which large, 

1 regular. 





Ice maker 

Integrated, with fixed inlet water connection. 



1.4 kg/24h. 





0.839/0.964/1.162 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 

Door hinge left, reversible. 


at 90°. 

Max. door panel weight 56/40/18 kg. 



on page 188/189. 

Connection 


0.366/0.421/0.501 kW. 


Water inlet. 


connection. 





RA 461 110 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 111 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 610 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 611 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 710 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 711 



left-hinged. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 


Set of three filter cartridges.

RW 414 260 

fully integrated, with glass door 



RW 464 260 





RA 460 000 




RA 460 040 

Finger protection for extra long 

furniture fronts 


HZ 360 011 

Humidor (Beech) for 50 cigars 

RA 093 630 

Presenter in aluminium for single bottle 

display (set of 3) for RW 464 


Door lock 

RA 421 111 

Stainless steel door panel frame with 

handle 


left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 112 




right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 131 

Aluminium door panel frame with 




RA 421 132 





RA 421 611 





RA 421 612 





RA 421 631 





RA 421 632 





Vario wine climate cabinet 400 series 

RW 414/RW 464 

- Two independently controllable 

climate zones 

- Consistant temperatures with exact 

control from +5 °C to +18 °C 

- Humidity control 


- Fully extendable bottle trays in 

beech and aluminium 

- Presentation light option 

- Low-vibration operation 

- Capacity 70/101 bottles 







evaporation. 




Features 


Capacity 70/101 bottles 

(based on 0.75/l standard bottles). 

10 fully extendable bottle trays, up 

to 4 of which for storage of magnum 

bottles. 

Space for max. 14 bottle trays or 

shelves in aluminium. 

Interior lighting with 3 ceiling spots, 

1 of which can be used as a presentation 

light in the lower climate zone. 



0.79/0.85 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 




on page 188/189. 

Connection 

Total connected load 0.121/0.131 kW. 


RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 461 112 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 113 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 



left-hinged. 

RA 491 131 

Fully extendable bottle tray in beech 

and aluminium 

For 45.7 cm wide appliances. 

RA 491 631 



For 61 cm wide appliances. 

RA 492 130 

Fully extendable shelves in aluminium 


Suitable for decanters, open bottles 

and humidors. 

RA 492 630 





RA 493 030 




Additional planning notes Vario cooling 400 series 

Vario cooling appliances are fixed at 

the top and bottom of the niche, on 

the side opposite the hinge. There is 

no fixation on the hinge side of the appliance, 

because the finger protection 

slides in between the appliance and 

the adjacent cabinetry. 

The side walls of the adjacent 

cabinetry have to be dimensionally 

stable. 

Vario cooling appliances can be 

installed handle to handle as a 

side-by-side solution. In this case, 

the side-by-side installation kit 

RA 460 000 is required. 

With all appliance combinations, the 

additional heating element 

RA 460 011 needs to be installed 

between the appliances to avoid 

condensation. This additional heating 

element is not necessary if the 

distance between the appliances is 

greater than 160 mm, or when the 

appliances are installed side-by-side. 

The heating element does not take up 

additional space. 

It is already included in the niche 

dimensions and does not interfere with 

the finger protection. 

If Vario cooling appliances are joined 

together hinge-to-hinge, one must plan 

an additional, dimensionally stable 

plinth between the appliances for the 

finger protection to function properly. 

If usability limitations are acceptable 

(opening both appliance doors simultaneously 

is not possible), appliances 

can be joined directly, using the additional 

heating element RA 460 011. 

When installing a Vario cooling 

appliances next to a BO/BS oven, 

a side clearance of 60 mm is required 

if the BO/BS handle bar is on 

the same side as the hinge of the Vario 

cooling appliance. 

Installation accessories: 

RA 460 000 

Accessory for 

side-by-side installation. 


Additional side heating element. 

RA 460 020 

Connecting element 

for vertically split appliance fronts (for 

a flush front). 

RA 460 030 

Connecting element 

for vertically split fronts 

(for fridge-freezer combination). 

RA 460 040 

Finger protection for 

extra long furniture fronts. 


Door opening angle 

The space needed for the hinge and the consequential distance to the adjacent 

cabinetry and its handle can, depending on the panel thickness, be seen in the following 

drawing. The drawing assumes a panel thickness of 19 mm. 

Wall clearance RC/RF/RW 

610 

D 

90° 

E2 

E1 

10,5 

115° 

19 

Appliance width D E1 E2 

45,7 cm 525 mm 235 mm 265 mm 

61 cm 677 mm 299 mm 330 mm 

76,2 cm 830 mm 363 mm 395 mm 

19 

49

Wall clearance RB 

982 

Wall clearance RY 

49 

Dimensions of the door panel and frame accessories 

Appliance width 45,7 cm 

230.5 

Appliance width 61 cm 

230,5 

610 

426 

19 

368 

368 

265 

235 

55 55 

55 

451 

554 

554 

2029 

554 

554 

2029 

75 

554 

A B 

603 

908 

90° 

115° 

10,5 

(19) 

428 

115° 

460 

909 

115° 

554 

257 

265 

235 

19 

49 

610 

19 

451 451 

149 

49 

2029 

55 55 55 

554 

554 

2029 

554 

554 

603 

2029 

554 

A B 

554 

257 

75 

603 

149 

2029 


55 

554 

554 


55 

55 

554 

554 

RB 491 RY 491 

The panel thickness is 19 mm. 

A: The cut-out for the ice and water dispenser is centred horizontally and vertically. 

B: The width of the side frame parts for the Vario wine climate cabinet can be 

between 65 mm and 82 mm. The recommended width is 75 mm. 

Plinth detail 

756 

787 

908 

181 

72 - 106 

2029 

102 

For a standard height, the maximum plinth height is 102 mm. 

The plinth panel thickness must not exceed 19 mm. 

1304 

722 

55 

451 451 

554 

554 

55 

787 

908 

554 

554 

1304 

722 


Special accessories Vario cooling 400 series. 

Description RB 491 200 RY 491 200 RC 462 200 RC 472 200 

Door panels / door panel frames 

Stainless steel door panel with handles, panel thickness 19 mm. RA 421 910 RA 421 912 RA 421 610 RA 421 710 

Aluminium door panel with handles, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Stainless steel door panel frame with handle, left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Stainless steel door panel frame with handle, right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Aluminium door panel frame with handle, left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Aluminium door panel frame with handle, right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 930 RA 421 932 RA 421 630 RA 421 730 

RA 420 010 Door lock 

RA 423 910 Cladding set in stainless steel for freestanding RB/RY 491 

(side walls, top, plinth panel). 

Door panels and ventilation grille in stainless steel must be orderd seperately. 

Cladded appliance measurements overall: 

Width 96 cm, Height 215 cm, Depth 63 cm. 

Appliances must be fi xed to the wall at the top rear. 

• • 

Ventilation grille 

Stainless steel RA 461 910 RA 461 910 

Stainless steel, right-hinged. RA 461 612 RA 461 712 

Stainless steel, left-hinged. RA 461 613 RA 461 713 

Interior for wine climate cabinet 

Fully extendable bottle trays in beech and aluminium. 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors. 

Fully extendable shelves in aluminium. 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors. 

Presenter in aluminium for display of single bottles (set of 3). 

HZ 360 011 Humidor with beech veneer for 50 cigars. 

Handles 

RA 425 110 Stainless steel, length 1131 mm with 3 mounts, 

drilling distance 554 mm each. 

• • • • 

RA 425 130 Aluminium, length 1131 mm with 3 mounts, 


• • • • 

RA 425 910 Stainless steel, length 810 mm with 2 mounts, 


• • 

RA 425 930 Aluminium, length 810 mm with 2 mounts, 


• • 

Miscellaneous 

RA 035 030 Bottle cooler in aluminium. • • 

RA 450 010 Activated charcoral fi lter for water fi lter system 

including saturation indicator. 

• • 

ET 615 453 Activated charcoal air fi lter (spare part) • • • • 


RF 413 200 RF 413 201 RF 463 200 RF 463 201 RF 411 200 RF 461 200 RF 471 200 RW 414 260 RW 464 260 

RA 422 110 RA 422 110 RA 422 610 RA 422 610 RA 421 110 RA 421 610 RA 421 710 


RA 421 111 RA 421 611 

RA 421 112 RA 421 612 

RA 421 131 RA 421 631 

RA 421 132 RA 421 632 

• • 



RA 491 131 RA 491 631 

RA 492 130 RA 492 630 

RA 493 030 RA 093 630 

• • 

• • • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • 


RS 495 300 

with fresh cooling 

integrated, frame for decor panels, top 

and side panels in stainless steel 

Ice and water dispenser, black 


Niche height 179 cm 

RS 495 310 


freestanding, stainless steel casing 

Ice and water dispenser, black 

Width 91.4 cm, height 178 cm 

RS 495 330 


freestanding, aluminium casing 

Ice and water dispenser, light grey 



1 egg holder with lid 

1 activated charcoal filter cartridge for 

integrated water filter system 


DR 220 010 

Pressure regulator, tap water pressure 

6-10 bar, ¾” connection 

RA 035 030 


RA 050 100 

Replacement activated charcoal filter 

cartridge for integrated water filter 

system 


Stainless steel door panelling 

For RS 495 300. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




Fridge-freezer combination 

RS 495 

- Seven climate zones incl. fresh cooling 

- Coolling with automatic humidity 

control 

- Two beverage chillers 




- Dispenser for ice cubes, crushed 

ice and chilled water, sensor controlled 

night light 









Top panel and ventilation grille in 

aluminium/stainless steel. 

Side panels in stainless steel 

for RS 495 310/RS 495 330. 

Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

4 safety glass shelves, 3 of which are 

height adjustable and extendable. 

2 humidity drawers for vegetables, 

automatically and manually 

controllable. 

2 door racks, height adjustable. 


Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

2 separate beverage chillers, height 

adjustable. 

1 fresh cooling drawer, manually 

controllable. 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -21 °C. 



evaporation. 



2 fully extendable freezer drawers. 

4 door racks, 3 of which are height 

adjustable. 

Ice and water dispenser 

Sensor controlled light that reacts 

to daylight, can also be switched on 

separately. 

For large pitchers and sport bottles. 


with fixed inlet water connection. 


Ice cube production: approx. 

2.5 kg/24 hrs. 

Ice cubes and crushed ice. 

RS 495 300 



Ice water supply approx. 1.3 litres. 

Integrated water filter with saturation 

indicator. 



1.625 kwh/24 h. 


The large volume and the high performance 

of the appliance result in a higher 

noise level. 

Wall recess of 20 mm necessary. 

Decor panel measurements: 

Top left door 355 x 462 mm. 

Bottom left door 355 x 818 mm. 

Door right 482 x 1699 mm. 

Thickness max. 4 mm. 

Front and back casters height adjustable 

from the front by 19 mm. 

The enclosed ventilation grille must 

be used. 

The socket and shut-off valve must be 

planned outside of the niche. 

Weight when empty 143/169 kg. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 


RS 495 310/330 


RY 495 300 


integrated, frame for decor panels, top 

and side panels in stainless steel 



RY 495 310 




RY 495 330 





1 egg holder with lid 

1 activated charcoal filter cartridge for 

integrated water filter system 


DR 220 010 

Pressure regulator, tap water pressure 

6-10 bar, ¾” connection 

RA 035 030 


RA 050 100 

Replacement activated charcoal filter 

cartridge for integrated water filter 

system 


Stainless steel door panelling 

For RY 495 300. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 





RY 495 

- Five climate zones incl. fresh 

cooling 

- Cooling with humidity control 




- Dispenser for chilled water in the 

cooling compartment 











Top panel and ventilation grille in 

aluminium/stainless steel. 

Side panels in stainless steel 

for RY 495 310/RY 495 330. 

Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 


height adjustable. 

2 humidity drawers for vegetables, automatically 

and manually controllable. 

2 large door racks for bottles. 

3 door racks, height adjustable. 


Water dispenser 

Ice water supply approx. 1.2 litres. 

Integrated water filter with saturation 

indicator. 

Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

1 full width fresh cooling drawer, manually 

controllable. 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 



evaporation. 

Freezing capacity 9.5 kg/24 h. 


2 fully extendable freezer drawers. 

Ice maker 


with fixed inlet water connection. 


Ice cube production: approx. 

2.5 kg/24 h. 





1.498 kwh/24 h. 

RY 495 300 


The large volume and the high performance 

of the appliance result in a higher 

noise level. 


Decor panel measurements: 

Doors 418 x 1074 mm. 

Drawer 905 x 577 mm. 

Thickness max. 4 mm. 

Front and back casters height adjustable 

from the front by 19 mm. 


be used. 

The socket and shut-off valve must be 


Weight when empty 142/164 kg. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 


RY 495 310/330 


RB 272 350 


freestanding, stainless steel backed 

full glass doors 

Width 70 cm, height 202 cm 

Right-hinged 

RB 272 351 


freestanding, stainless steel backed 

full glass doors 


Left-hinged 

RB 272 370 


freestanding, aluminium backed full 

glass doors 


Right-hinged 

RB 272 371 


freestanding, aluminium backed full 

glass doors 


Left-hinged 


2 ice packs 

1 berry tray 

2 egg trays 

1 wine and champagne rack 

1 glass tray 


RA 035 030 




RB 272 

- Three climate zones incl. fresh cooling 

- Height adjustable safety glass 

shelves 

- Door racks with aluminium profiles 





digital temperature display. 

Touch keys. 





Stainless steel top and side panels. 

Anti-bacterial coating. 

Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



Bright interior lighting with 2 spots. 

1 large door rack for bottles. 

5 door racks. 

2 vegetable drawers. 

Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

1 humidity drawer, full width. 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 



evaporation. 



2 freezer drawers. 

1 shelf with transparent front flap. 

1 mechanical ice maker. 



0.903 kwh/24 h. 



Distance on the side of the hinge 

10 cm for 90 ° door opening and 

47 cm for 130 ° door opening. 

Front feet are height-adjustable, 

casters at the back. 

Connection 



RB 272 352 



Width 70 cm, height 200.5 cm 

Right-hinged 

RB 272 353 




Left-hinged 

RB 272 372 




Right-hinged 

RB 272 373 




Left-hinged 


2 ice packs 

1 berry tray 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


RA 035 030 



RB 272 



shelves 






digital temperature display. 

Touch keys. 





Stainless steel/Aluminium top 

and side panels. 


Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



Bright interior lighting with 2 spots. 


5 door racks. 


Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

1 humidity drawer, full width. 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 



evaporation. 




1 mechanical ice maker. 



0.903 kwh/24 h. 



Distance on the side of the hinge 

8 cm for 90 ° door opening and 

19 cm for 100 ° door opening. 



Connection 




RB 289 202 

with fresh cooling close to 0 °C 





2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 

1 ice cube tray 

1 Gastronorm insert stainless 

steel 1/3 , unperforated 


GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, 

GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RB 289 

- Unique usage concept: 

- Maximum usage of interior: 

stepped shelf, full depth shelves 

as well as integrated fixtures for 

various containers 

- Easy access: fully extendable 

shelves and drawers 

- Optimal overview: intelligent 

lighting concept, use of glass and 

transparent materials 

- Efficient preparation, cooking 

and storage with Gaggenau 

appliances: integration of 

Gastronorm inserts 

- Enlarged interior with 251 litre net 

volume through compressor 

relocation 

- Four climate zones incl. fresh 

cooling close to 0 °C 

- Cushioned door closing system 

allowing a soft and controlled 

door closure 

- Lowest energy consumption in class 

- Energy efficiency class A++ 



temperature display. 

Touch keys. 


Cushioned door closing system from 

20° door opening angle, integrated in 

door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 


fully extendable and 1 height adjustable. 

Wine and champagne rack for 

4 bottles, can be completely folded 

away. 

Fixture for storing glass tray. 

1 large door rack with aluminium 

profile for bottles with flexible bottle 

holder. 

1 door rack with aluminium profile. 

Bright interior lighting with integrated 

glare-free side light elements. 

Stepped shelf in aluminium for 

optimum use of interior and for storing 

GN inserts. 

Possible combinations: 

1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 





evaporation. 


1 humidity drawer for vegetables with 

23 litres net volume. 

1 large drawer. 

Freezing 





-16 °C to -24 °C. 




2 freezer drawers, 1 of which extra 

large. 



0.622 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 

Appliance plinth recess 90 mm. 


Upper door 15 kg. 

Lower door 6 kg. 

Necessary gap between furniture door 

panels 4 mm. 

Connection 



RB 287 202 





2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



steel 1/3, unperforated 




GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 



200 series 

RB 287 

















relocation 


allowing a soft and controlled door 

closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 


height adjustable and 1 fully extendable. 



away. 




holder. 

2 door racks with aluminium profile. 

1 vegetable drawer. 





GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 



0.599 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Upper door 15 kg. 

Lower door 7 kg. 


panels 4 mm. 

Connection 




RT 289 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RT 289 

















relocation 





closure 






Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 


Fast freezing. 

Storage temperature from 

-18 °C and lower. 




2 shelves, 1 of which removable, in 

safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

1 full depth safety glass shelf, fully 

extendable. 





away. 




holder. 






GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 





evaporation. 




2 drawers, 1 of which extra large. 



0.577 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 


Max. door panel weight 20 kg. 

Connection 



RT 287 202 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 



200 series 

RT 287 
















volume through compressor relocation 

- Three climate zones incl. cellar 

compartment 



closure 






Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 









safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 safety glass shelves, 1 of which fully 

extendable and 1 height adjustable. 



away. 




holder. 



2 small containers with transparent lid. 





GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 

Cellar compartment 



evaporation. 


+6 °C to +14 °C. 

1 wide drawer. 

2 tall drawers, also for upright storage 

of bottles, removable. 



0.531 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Door 15 kg. 

Drawer 6 kg. 


panels 4 mm. 

Connection 



Cooling appliances 201

RC 289 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 




RC 289 

















relocation 


close to 0 °C 

- Combines with freezer RF 287 

(Side-by-Side-Integration) 



closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 

Open-door alarm. 


Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 full depth safety glass shelves, fully 

extendable. 





away. 




holder. 






GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 




evaporation. 




2 drawers, 1 of which extra large. 



0.331 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 



RF 287 202 





2 ice packs 



RF 287 



relocation 

- Flexible interior configuration: all 

drawers and safety glass shelves 

can be removed 

- Combines with fridge RC 289 




closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 


Features 



-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 

4 safety glass shelves between the 

freezer drawers. 

2 safety glass shelves with transparent 

front. 

All freezer drawers and safety glass 

shelves can be removed. 



0.608 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 




RT 249 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RT 249 

















relocation 





closure 






Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 









safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 





away. 




holder. 






GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 





evaporation. 







0.528 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 



RC 249 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


RA 035 030 



RC 249 

















relocation 







closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

1 full depth safety glass shelf, fully 

extendable. 





away. 




holder. 






GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN und 1 x 1/3 GN 




evaporation. 






Energy consumption 0.31 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 




RC 247 202* 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 410 130 


GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GN 2/3 

GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


RA 035 030 





RC 247 















- Enlarged interior with 258 litre 

net volume through compressor 

relocation 





closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Features 

Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 





away. 




holder. 







GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN and 1 x 1/3 GN 




Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 



RF 247 202 





2 ice packs 



RF 247 



relocation 

- Flexible interior configuration: all 

drawers and safety glass shelves 

can be removed 

- Combines with fridge RC 249/247 




closure 






Touch keys. 





door hinge. 


Features 



-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 

3 safety glass shelves between the 

freezer drawers. 

1 safety glass shelf with transparent 

front. 

All freezer drawers and safety glass 

shelves can be removed. 



0.521 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 



Connection 




RB 282 100 






2 ice packs 

1 berry tray 

1 egg tray 




RA 035 030 


50 

Air outlet 

at least 200 cm2 1778 +2 

–0 

Air inlet 

at least 200 cm2 min. 

560 

min. 550 

min. 

40 

545 


a 


RB 282 




shelves 









Cooling 



evaporation. 




3 door racks. 





evaporation. 

2 humidity drawers. 

Freezing 



Defrost assistance. 






Flat hinge. 


Connection 



1268 + a 

16– 

20 

b 

max. 

594 

4 

506 + b 

RB 280 200 




White coloured innerliner 

RB 280 201 




Aluminium-coloured innerliner 


2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 035 030 



RB 280 


shelves 











Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +11 °C. 




3 door racks. 


Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 


Defrost assistance. 






0.795 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 282 101 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 035 030 



RT 282 




shelves 









Freezing 



Storage temperature -18°C and lower. 




2 shelves, 1 of which is removable. 




evaporation. 




4 door racks, 2 of which are height 

adjustable. 



Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +11 °C. 

2 extendable drawers, 1 of which is 

extra deep for bottles. 



0.717 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 280 200 




Aluminium-coloured innerliner 


2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 

Refrigerator 

RC 280 


shelves 










Features 


evaporation. 




4 door racks. 





Flat hinge. 


Connection 




RT 242 200 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


1 storage container with lid 



RT 242 




shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 

3 safety glass shelves, height adjustable. 


4 door racks. 




evaporation. 






0.496 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 242 200 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 035 030 


Refrigerator 

RC 242 




shelves 










Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 


1 integrated shelf. 


4 door racks. 




evaporation. 






0.425 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 









2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 




RT 222 




shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 




evaporation. 






0.464 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 222 100 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


Refrigerator 

RC 222 




shelves 










Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 




evaporation. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 









2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 




RT 220 


shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 



0.436 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 220 200 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 

Refrigerator 

R C 2 2 0 


shelves 










Features 


evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 




Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 200 100 

fully integrated, under-counter 




1 egg tray 



RA 035 030 



RT 200 





Freezing 






Cooling 



evaporation. 

2 plastic-edged safety glass shelves, 

height adjustable, 1 of which can be 

partially folded away. 

1 2-fold pull-out safety glass shelf. 


4 door racks, 1 of which with transparent 

front flap. 

1 large vegetable compartment. 



0.474 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



Plinth height for appliance height of 

820 mm: 100 - 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 - 220 mm. 


be used. 



Connection 



RC 200 100 





1 egg tray 

Refrigerator 

RC 200 


(Side-by-Side) 





Features 


evaporation. 

3 plastic-edged safety glass shelves, 

height adjustable, 1 of which can be 

partially folded away. 

1 2-fold pull-out safety glass shelf. 


4 door racks, 1 of which with transparent 

front flap. 

1 large vegetable compartment. 



0.323 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 




820 mm: 100 - 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 - 220 mm. 


be used. 



Connection 




RF 200 200 





1 ice pack 



Freezer 

RF 200 

- Combines with cooler RC 200 

(Side-by-Side) 




Malfunction signal. 

Features 


Temperature range adjustable. 







0.578 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 




820 mm: 100 - 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 - 220 mm. 


be used. 



Connection 




RW 414 260 




RW 464 260 





RA 460 000 




RA 460 040 


fronts 




RA 093 630 




Door lock 

RA 421 111 





RA 421 112 





RA 421 131 





RA 421 132 





RA 421 611 





RA 421 612 





RA 421 631 





RA 421 632 






Vario wine climate cabinet 400 series 

RW 414/RW 464 


climate zones 



- Humidity control 


- Fully extendable bottle trays in 

beech and aluminium 


- Low-vibration operation 

- Capacity 70/101 bottles 







evaporation. 




Features 


Capacity 70/101 bottles 


10 fully extendable bottle trays, up 

to 4 of which for storage of magnum 

bottles. 

Space for max. 14 bottle trays or 

shelves in aluminium. 

Interior lighting with 3 ceiling spots, 

1 of which can be used as a presentation 

light in the lower climate zone. 



0.79/0.85 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 



at 90°. 




on page 188/189. 

Connection 


0.121/0.131 kW. 


RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 461 112 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 113 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 



left-hinged. 

RA 491 131 




RA 491 631 




RA 492 130 





RA 492 630 





RA 493 030 


display (set of 3) for RW 414

RW 262 270 

freestanding, aluminium-framed 

glass door 



2 presenters in aluminium for single 

bottle display 

1 special display tray aluminium, incl. 

temperature display for one bottle 


RA 050 210 

Replacement activated charcoal air 

filter 

RA 293 030 


display (set of 3) 

RA 293 031 


display with temperature indicator 

Wine storage cabinet 

RW 262 

- One multi-temperature 

climate zone 


control from 

+5 °C to +22 °C 

- Bottle trays in beech and aluminium 


- Lockable door 

- Capacity 197 bottles 









Features 


Capacity 197 bottles 


6 bottle trays, removable and heightadjustable. 







Min. door opening angle of 145°. 

Can be built-in up to corpus depth. 

Door has a minimum distance of 

40 mm to corpus. 

500 mm clearance hinge side and 

60 mm handle side necessary. 

Connection 




RW 424 260 

integrated, stainless steel framed 

glass door 






RA 050 200 


filters, set of two, for upper and lower 

temperature zone 

RA 093 230 


display (set of 3) 

RA 492 200 

Shelves, set of 2 in glass and beech 

(1 of each). 





RW 424 


climate zones 



- Extendable bottle trays in beech and 

aluminium 






Presentation light option in each 

climate zone, dimmable. 

Interior lighting with automatic dimming 

with opening and closing of door. 



Humidity control. 

2 Activated charcoal air filters, one in 

each climate zone. 



Features 




6 bottle trays, 4 of which are extendable. 

Storage of magnum bottles possible. 







The mains socket needs to be 


Connection 



RW 404 260 

under-counter, stainless steel framed 

glass door 




RA 050 200 


filters, set of two, for upper and lower 

temperature zone 

RA 491 630 

Extendable bottle tray in beech and 

aluminium 

Can be installed as forth drawer above 

the temperature divider. 


RW 404 


climate zones 



- Extendable bottle trays in beech and 

aluminium 


- Lockable door 





Presentation light option in each 

climate zone, dimmable. 

Interior lighting with automatic dimming 

with opening and closing of door. 



Humidity control. 

2 Activated charcoal air filters, 1 in 

each climate zone. 



Features 




5 bottle trays, 3 of which are 

extendable. 

Storage of magnum bottles possible. 






Door opening angle fixable at 95°. 



Connection 




Vario cooling appliances 400 series. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler 

Fully integrated / integrated RB 491 200 RY 491 200 RC 462 200 

Fully integrated, aluminium-coloured innerliner 


Aluminium 

Stainless steel glass door 

Aluminium glass door 

Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 90.8 x 212.5 x 60.8 90.8 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 91.4 x 213.4 x 61 91.4 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 61 61 61 

Weight when empty (kg) 250 252 176 

Shipping weight (kg) 271 274 193 

Maximum load weight (kg) 616 622 555 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 100 x 226 x 74 100 x 228 x 75 70 x 228 x 74 

Type and configuration 

Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/∘ •/–/–/∘ •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right/left/reversible •/–/• •/•/– •/–/• 

Full panelling/door panelling ∘/∘ ∘/∘ –/∘ 

Volume / consumption data 

Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– •/–/•/–/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 560/530 560/530 381/365 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 367 367 314 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 25 25 51 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 138 138 – 

Storage capacity 0.75 litre bottles (no.) – – – 

Energy effi ciency class A+ A+ A+ 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 420 420 168 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.22 0.22 0.13 

Climate class SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water •/–/– •/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – 1 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – – 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 3 3 2 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • • 

No-Frost technology • • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/• •/•/• •/•/– 

Defrost assistance freezing – – – 

Mode for gentle wine tempering – – – 

Presentation light (no.) – – – 

Lock – – – 

Humidity control – – – 

Activated charcoal air fi lter • • • 

Low-vibration operation – – – 

UV-protection – – – 

Stainless steel interior • • • 

Vacation mode • • • 

Malfunction, visual/audible warning signal •/• •/• •/• 

Door open, visual/audible warning signal or door lock indication –/• –/• –/• 

Cooling / fresh cooling 

Fast cooling • • • 

Dynamic cold air distribution • • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 4 4 4 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 3 3 2 

Door racks (no.) 3 6 4 

Wine and champagne rack – – – 

GN-Containers – – – 

Glass tray – – – 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) – – – 

Wine 

Max. levels in the interior – – – 

Bottle tray fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Shelf fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Storage of Magnum bottles possible – – – 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors – – – 

Freezing 

Fast freezing • • – 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 23 23 – 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 22 22 – 

Interior compartments (no.) – – – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 – 

Door racks (no.) – – – 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 – 

Ice packs (no.) – – – 

Connection 


Water connection inlet • • – 

• Standard – Not available ∘ Special accessory ¹ RF 4.3 .00 only right, RF 4.3 .01 only left 


Cooler Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Wine climate cabinet Wine climate cabinet 

RC 472 200 RF 413 200/201 RF 463 200/201 RF 411 200 RF 461 200 RF 471 200 RW 414 260 RW 464 260 

75.6 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 75.6 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 

76.2 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 76.2 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 

61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 

203 139 174 138 172 193 148 175 

222 153 189 152 187 210 163 192 

564 300 401 300 401 483 377 571 

82 x 225 x 74 54 x 225 x 74 70 x 225 x 74 54 x 228 x 74 70 x 225 x 74 85 x 226 x 74 54 x 226 x 74 70 x 228 x 74 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•/–/• •¹ /•¹ /– •¹ /•¹ /– –/•/• –/•/• –/•/• •/–/• •/–/• 

–/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ 

•/–/•/–/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• 

496/477 219/191 320/294 237/211 340/314 443/417 296/275 422/394 

410 – – – – – – – 

67 – – – – – – – 

– 191 294 211 314 417 – – 

– – – – – – 70 101 

A+ B B A+ A+ A+ – – 

181 388 383 306 352 424 288 310 

0.1 0.56 0.36 0.4 0.31 0.28 0.29 0.22 

SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

–/–/– •/•/• •/•/• •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

1 – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • – – 

•/•/– –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• •/–/– •/–/– 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– – – – – – • • 

• – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – • • 

• • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • • 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

–/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• 

• – – – – – – – 

• – – – – – – – 

4 – – – – – – – 

2 – – – – – – – 

4 – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – 14 14 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– • • • • • – – 

– 9 14 18 18 20 – – 

– 10 14 14 19 19 – – 

– 4 4 4 4 4 – – 

– 2 2 2 2 2 – – 

– 2 2 5 5 5 – – 

– 1 1 1 1 1 – – 

– – – – – – – – 

0.311 0.55 0.592 0.366 0.421 0.501 0.121 0.131 

– • • • • • – – 


Fridge-freezer combination. 

Wine climate cabinets. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RS 495 300 


Stainless steel RS 495 310 RY 495 310 

Aluminium RS 495 330 RY 495 330 



Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 91.4 x 178-180 x 68 91 x 178-180 x 68 91.4 x 178-180 x 68 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) – 91.4 x 179-181 x 62 – 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 68+2 68+2 68+2 



Maximum load weight (kg) 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 101 x 182 x 83 100 x 182 x 80 100 x 182 x 84 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing –/•/–/• –/•/–/– –/•/–/• 

Door hinge right/left/reversible •/•/– •/•/– •/•/– 

Full panelling/door panelling •/• –/o •/• 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– 



– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 49 49 39 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 207 207 153 


Energy effi ciency class A A A 



Climate class SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water •/•/• •/•/• •/–/• 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – – 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 2 2 2 




No-Frost technology • • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

Defrost assistance freezing – – – 



Lock – – – 


Activated charcoal air fi lter – – – 



Stainless steel interior – – – 

Vacation mode • • • 

Malfunction, visual/audible warning signal •/• •/• –/– 

Door open, visual/audible warning signal or door lock indication •/• •/• –/– 


Fast cooling • • – 





Wine and champagne rack – – – 


Glass tray – – – 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) 12 12 12 

Wine 

Max. levels in the interior – – – 

Bottle tray fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Shelf fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Storage of Magnum bottles possible – – – 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors – – – 

Freezing 

Fast freezing • • – 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 12 12 9.5 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 5 5 20 

Interior compartments (no.) 2 2 – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 2 


Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 1 


Connection 


Water connection inlet • • • 

• Standard – Not available ∘ Special accessory ² RB 272 3.0/3.2 only door hinge right, RB 272 3.1/3.3 only door hinge left 


Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Wine storage cabinet Wine climate cabinet Wine climate cabinet 

RY 495 300 

RB 272 350/351 RB 272 352/353 RW 424 260 RW 404 260 

RB 272 370/371 RB 272 372/373 RW 262 270 

91 x 178-180 x 68 70 x 202 x 63.4 70 x 200.5 x 61.5 60 x 185.5 x 61.3 55.7 x 122.9 x 56 59.7 x 81.8-86.8 x 57.5 

91.4 x 179-181 x 62 – – – 56 x 122.1 x 55 60 x 82-87 x 58 

68+2 64+2 62+5 61.3+3 55 58 

142 144 118 84 46.9 57.7 

173 147 131 86 52 60.5 

– – 

100 x 182 x 82 82 x 212 x 80 82 x 212 x 80 61 x 192 x 68 63.7 x 132 x 62.2 64 x 86 x 66 

–/•/–/– –/–/–/• –/–/–/• –/–/–/• –/•/–/– –/–/•/– 

•/•/– •¹/•¹/– •¹/•¹/– •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

–/o •/– •/– •/– –/– –/– 

•/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• 

562/551 403/389 403/389 414/365 195/187 127/126 

359 284 284 – – – 

39 23 23 – – – 

153 82 82 – – – 

– – – 197 64 41 

A A+ A+ – – – 

547 330 330 212 146 219 

0.27 0.23 0.23 0.16 0.21 0.48 

SN – ST SN – T SN – T SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

•/–/• –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– – – – – – 

2 – – – – – 

5 3 3 1 2 2 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • • 

• • • – – – 

•/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– 

– – – – – – 

– – – – – – 

– – – • • • 

– – – • • • 

– – – • • • 

– • • • • • 

– – – • • • 

– – – • • • 

– – – – – – 

• – – – – – 

–/– •/• •/• •/– •/– •/– 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/• –/• 

– • • – – – 

• • • – • • 

5 4 4 – – – 

3 3 3 – – – 

6 6 6 – – – 

– • • – – – 

– – – – – – 

– • • – – – 

12 14 14 – – – 

– – – 11 6 5 

– – – –/– –/• –/• 

– – – –/– –/– –/– 

– – – • • • 

– – – – ∘ – 

– • • – – – 

9.5 14 14 – – – 

20 20 20 – – – 

– 1 1 – – – 

2 2 2 – – – 

4 – – – – – 

1 2 2 – – – 

– 2 2 – – – 

0.67 0.12 0.12 0.09 0.13 0.13 

• – – – – – 


Vario cooling appliances 200 series. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RB 289 202 RB 287 202 RT 289 202 



Aluminium 



Dimensions 


Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 




Maximum load weight (kg) – – – 



Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right/left/reversible •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

Full panelling/door panelling –/– –/– –/– 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/–/•/•/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– 



– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 57 – 78 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 62 75 28 


Energy effi ciency class A++ A++ A++ 



Climate class SN – T SN – T SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 1 – 1 





No-Frost technology • • – 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/• •/–/• •/•/– 

Defrost assistance freezing – – • 



Lock – – – 


Activated charcoal air fi lter • – • 




Vacation mode – – – 

Malfunction, visual/audible warning signal •/• •/• •/• 

Door open, visual/audible warning signal or door lock indication •/• •/• •/• 


Fast cooling • • – 





Wine and champagne rack • • • 

GN-Containers • • • 

Glass tray • • • 


Freezing 

Fast freezing • • • 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 12 15 2 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 16 16 14 

Interior compartments (no.) – – 2 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 3 – 


Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 1 

Ice packs (no.) 2 2 – 

Connection 


Water connection inlet – – – 

• Standard – Not available ∘ Special accessory 



Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler Freezer Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler Cooler Freezer 

RT 287 202 RC 289 202 RF 287 202 RT 249 202 RC 249 202 RC 247 202 1 RF 247 202 

55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 

56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 

65 68 59 59 58 57 60 

70 74 65 63 63 62 65 

– – – – – – – 

61 x 186 x 65 61 x 185 x 63 65 x 198 x 65 61 x 149 x 63 61 x 147 x 64 58 x 146 x 62 58 x 146 x 62 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•/–/• •/–/• –/•/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• –/•/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

•/–/–/•/– •/–/•/–/– –/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– •/–/–/–/– –/–/–/•/– 

307/302 320/306 237/213 224/214 244/233 265/258 181/160 

274 228 – 129 176 258 – 

– 78 – 57 57 – – 

28 – 213 28 – – 160 

– – – – – – – 

A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ 

194 121 222 193 113 99 190 

0.18 0.11 0.29 0.25 0.13 0.11 0.33 

SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– 1 – 1 1 – – 

– – – – – – – 

3 3 1 4 3 1 1 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • • • 

– – • – – – • 

•/–/– •/•/– –/–/• •/•/– •/•/– •/–/– –/–/• 

• – – • – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– • – • • – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

– • – – • • – 

• • – • • • – 

5 8 – 5 7 7 – 

6 3 – 3 2 2 – 

4 3 – 4 3 3 – 

• • – • • • – 

• • – • • • – 

• • – • • • – 

14 14 – 14 14 14 – 

• – • • – – • 

2 – 25 2 – – 25 

14 – 11 14 – – 11 

2 – 5 2 – – 7 

– – 4 – – – 5 

– – – – – – – 

1 – 1 1 – – 1 

– – 2 – – – 2 

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 

– – – – – – – 


Other cooling appliances. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RB 282 100 RB 280 200 



Aluminium 



Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 59.4 x 177.5 x 54.5 54.1 x 177.2 x 54.5 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 56 x 178.2 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 55 55 

Weight when empty (kg) 76 73 

Shipping weight (kg) 80 78 

Maximum load weight (kg) – – 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 61 x 187 x 60 60 x 186 x 66 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right/left/reversible •/–/• •/–/• 

Full panelling/door panelling –/– –/– 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/–/•/•/– •/–/–/•/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 292/257 296/280 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 175 221 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 39 – 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 43 59 

Storage capacity 0.75 litre bottles (no.) – – 

Energy effi ciency class A A+ 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 299 290 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.32 0.28 

Climate class SN ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water –/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 2 – 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 4 2 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • 

No-Frost technology – – 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/– •/–/– 

Defrost assistance freezing • • 

Mode for gentle wine tempering – – 

Presentation light (no.) – – 

Lock – – 

Humidity control – – 

Activated charcoal air fi lter – – 

Low-vibration operation – – 

UV-protection – – 

Stainless steel interior – – 

Vacation mode – – 

Malfunction, visual/audible warning signal •/• –/– 

Door open, visual/audible warning signal or door lock indication •/• •/– 


Fast cooling – – 

Dynamic cold air distribution – • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 4 5 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 4 1 

Door racks (no.) 4 5 

Wine and champagne rack • • 

GN-Containers – – 

Glass tray – • 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) 14 14 

Freezing 

Fast freezing – • 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 9 12 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 20 22 

Interior compartments (no.) – – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 3 

Door racks (no.) – – 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 

Ice packs (no.) 2 2 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 0.14 0.12 

Water connection inlet – – 



Fridge-freezer-combination Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler 

RT 282 101 RT 242 200 RC 242 200 

RB 280 201 RC 280 200 

54.1 x 177.2 x 54.5 53.8 x 178.3 x 53.3 53.8 x 177.2 x 53.3 53.8 x 139.8 x 53.3 53.8 x 139.8 x 53.3 

56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 178.3 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 

55 55 55 55 55 

71 68 69 59 59 

76 73 74 63 63 

– – – – – 

62 x 185 x 64 61 x 186 x 63 61 x 185 x 63 61 x 147 x 63 61 x 147 x 64 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

•/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/–/–/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– 

296/280 260/243 312/308 212/211 232/230 

221 74 308 134 170 

– 133 – 60 60 

59 36 – 17 – 

– – – – – 

A+ A+ A A++ A+ 

290 262 179 181 155 

0.28 0.3 0.16 0.24 0.18 

ST SN SN – ST SN – ST SN 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– 1 – 1 1 

– – – – – 

2 4 1 4 3 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • 

– – – – – 

•/–/– •/•/– •/–/– •/•/– •/•/– 

• • – • – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – 

–/– –/• –/– –/– –/– 

•/– –/– –/– •/– –/– 

– – – • – 

• • • • • 

5 3 7 4 5 

1 3 2 4 4 

5 5 6 5 5 

• • • • • 

– – – – – 

• • • • • 

14 14 14 14 14 

• • – • – 

12 3 – 2 – 

22 18 – 12 – 

– 2 – 1 – 

3 – – – – 

– – – – – 

1 1 – 1 – 

2 – – – – 

0.12 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 

– – – – – 


Other cooling appliances. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler Fridge-freezer-combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RT 222 101 RC 222 100 RT 220 201 



Aluminium 



Dimensions 


Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 56 x 122.5 x 55 56 x 122.5 x 55 56 x 122.5 x 55 




Maximum load weight (kg) – – – 



Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right/left/reversible •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

Full panelling/door panelling –/– –/– –/– 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– •/–/–/•/– 



– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 60 60 – 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 16 – 17 


Energy effi ciency class A++ A+ A++ 



Climate class SN – ST SN SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 1 1 – 





No-Frost technology – – – 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/– •/•/– •/–/– 

Defrost assistance freezing • – – 



Lock – – – 


Activated charcoal air fi lter – – – 




Vacation mode – – – 

Malfunction, visual/audible warning signal –/– –/– –/– 

Door open, visual/audible warning signal or door lock indication •/– –/– –/– 


Fast cooling • – – 





Wine and champagne rack • • • 


Glass tray • • • 


Freezing 

Fast freezing • – • 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 2 – 2 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 12 – 12 

Interior compartments (no.) 1 – 1 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) – – – 


Ice cube trays (no.) 1 – 1 


Connection 


Water connection inlet – – – 



Cooler Fridge-freezer-combination Cooler Freezer 

RC 220 200 RT 200 100 RC 200 100 RF 200 200 

54.1 x 122.1 x 54.2 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 

56 x 122.5 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 

55 55 55 55 

48 35 35 35 

52 37 37 38 

– – – – 

60 x 130 x 64 66 x 90 x 62 66 x 90 x 62 66 x 90 x 62 

•/–/–/– –/–/•/– –/–/•/– –/–/•/– 

•/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– 

•/–/–/–/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/–/–/– –/–/–/•/– 

228/226 131/125 142/141 114/98 

226 110 141 – 

– – – – 

– 15 – 98 

– – – – 

A+ A+ A+ A 

131 173 118 211 

0.16 0.38 0.23 0.59 

SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– – – – 

– – – – 

1 2 1 1 

•/– –/– –/– •/– 

• – – – 

– – – – 

•/–/– •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

–/– –/– –/– •/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– 

– – – – 

• • • – 

6 3 4 – 

1 1 1 – 

5 5 5 – 

• – – – 

– – – – 

• – – – 

14 8 8 – 

– • – • 

– 2 – 12 

– 12 – 24 

– 1 – – 

– – – 3 

– – – – 

– 1 – 1 

– – – 1 

0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 

– – – – 


Dishwashers/Washing machine/Tumble dryer. 

Vario dishwashers. 232–235 

Power dishwashers. 236–242 



Washing machine. 248 

Tumble dryer. 249 


231 

Dishwashers 

Washing machine

DF 460 161 


Height 81.5 cm 

DF 461 161 




1 baking tray spray head 


DA 020 010 

Stainless steel trim kit for 81,5 cm high 

dishwashers 

DA 020 110 

Stainless steel trim kit for 86.5 cm high 

dishwashers 

DA 021 000 

Hinge for all fully integrated 

diswashers 

DA 041 060 

Flex Plus drawer for 14 place settings, 

incl. pull-out rails 

DA 042 030 

Silvercare cartridge for all dishwashers 

DA 043 060 

Glass basket for 60 cm wide 

dishwashers 

DA 231 000 

Anthracite full glass door for 81.5 cm 

high dishwashers 



for 81.5 cm high dishwashers 

DA 231 030 

Aluminium-backed full glass door for 

81.5 cm high dishwashers 

DA 231 100 



DA 231 110 


for 86.5 cm dishwashers 

DA 231 130 


86.5 cm dishwashers 

GH 045 010 

Handle bar with 2 mounts, 

stainless steel, Length 45 cm, 

drilling distance 427 mm 

GH 045 030 


aluminium, Length 45 cm, drilling 

distance 427 mm 


Aqua stop extension (2 m long) for all 

dishwashers 

232 Dishwashers 

Dishwasher 

DF 460/DF 461 

- Vario dishwasher with 4 options, 

individually selectable: 

- Clean and dry dishes in 

57 minutes 

- Intensive cleaning in the whole of 

the lower basket and glass care in 

the upper basket at the same time 

- Enhanced drying performance 

- Maximum energy saving 

- Six programmes with Aqua sensor 

- Flex Plus basket system, extraextendable 

and smooth running 

- Glasscare Plus technology 

- Bright interior light 

- Very quiet: 42 dB 

- Eurolabel AAA 

- Aqua stop with guarantee 



Display with time remaining indicator. 

Electronic refill indicator for salt and 

rinsing agent. 

Inflow water indicator. 

Bright interior light. 

Info-Light. 

End of programme indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 hours. 


Glasscare Plus technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 

Aqua stop with guarantee. 

Dosage Assist. 

Automatic detergent function. 

Regeneration electronics. 

Heat exchanger. 

Low temperature drying with Zeolite. 

Continuous flow heater. 

Soft lock. 

Triple filter system, self-cleaning. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 

Standard Eco 50 °C. 

Quick wash 45 °C (29 min.). 

Pre-rinse. 

4 options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Extra Dry. 

Energy Save. 

Features 

Flex Plus upper basket: 

Extra-extendable. 

Smooth running. 

Rackmatic with 3 levels, adjustable in 

height up to 5 cm. 

6 folding spines. 

4 folding racks. 

2 glass support bars. 

Flex Plus lower basket: 

Dividable glass support. 



Cutlery basket. 

Maximum dish sizes 

(upper/lower basket) 


27/25, 24,5/27,5 bzw. 22/30 cm. 




29/28, 26.5/30.5 bzw. 24/33 cm. 

13 place setting capacity. 

Maximun glass loading capacity: 

23 wine glasses. 


Eurolabel AAA. 

From 10 l water. 

From 0.97 kwh. 

Noise level 42 dB (re 1 pW). 



Appliance plinth recess 100 mm 

(see drawing). 

Rear feet adjustable at front. 

Door weight up to 10 kg. 

Door panel dimension dependent on 

plinth height of kitchen furniture. 

Installation possible in tall unit. 


on page 241 - 242. 

Connection 


Connecting cable plugable. 

Water connection with 3/4” screw 

joint. 

Connection to hot or cold water 

possible. 

Length of connection cable, water 

in- and outlet see detailed drawing on 

page 245.

81,5 cm high dishwashers 


Dishwashers 233

DI 460 111 

integrated 

Stainless steel panel 


DI 460 131 

integrated 

Aluminium panel 


DI 461 111 

integrated 

Stainless steel panel 


DI 461 131 

integrated 

Aluminium panel 







dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 041 060 



DA 042 030 

Silvercare cartridge for all 

dishwashers 

DA 043 060 


dishwashers 



dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DI 460/DI 461 

- Vario dishwasher with 4 options, 

individually selectable: 

- Clean and dry dishes in 

57 minutes 

- Intensive cleaning in the whole of 

the lower basket and glass care in 

the upper basket at the same time 

- Enhanced drying performance 

- Maximum energy saving 




- Glasscare Plus technology 

- Bright interior light 






Top display with time remaining 

indicator. 

Front display with clear text. 




Bright interior light. 

Info-Light. 




Glasscare Plus technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 






Low temperature drying with Zeolite. 


Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

4 options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Extra Dry. 

Energy Save. 

Features 

















27/25, 24,5/27,5 bzw. 22/30 cm. 




29/28, 26.5/30.5 bzw. 24/33 cm. 



















on page 241 - 242. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 245.



Dishwashers 235

DF 260 161 



DF 261 161 








dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 041 060 



DA 042 030 


dishwashers 

DA 043 060 


dishwashers 

DA 231 000 






DA 231 030 



DA 231 100 



DA 231 110 



DA 231 130 







GH 045 030 


aluminium, Length 45 cm, 




dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DF 260/DF 261 

- Power dishwasher: dishes clean 

and dry in 59 minutes 


and two options 



- Glasscare technology 










Info-Light. 




Glasscare technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 







Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

2 Options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Features 

















27/25, 24,5/27,5 bzw. 22/30 cm. 




29/28, 26.5/30.5 bzw. 24/33 cm. 



















on page 241 - 242. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 245.



Dishwashers 237

DF 240 161 



DF 241 161 








dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 042 030 


dishwashers 

DA 043 060 


dishwashers 

DA 231 000 





for 81.5 cm high dishwashers . 

DA 231 030 



DA 231 100 



DA 231 110 



DA 231 130 







GH 045 030 






dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DF 240/DF 241 



- Four programmes with Aqua sensor 

and two options 

- Glasscare technology 










Info-Light. 




Glasscare technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 







Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

4 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 



2 Options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Features 

Flex upper basket: 





1 knife rack. 

Flex lower basket: 






27/25, 24,5/27,5 bzw. 22/30 cm. 




29/28, 26.5/30.5 bzw. 24/33 cm. 

















on page 241 - 242. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 245.



Dishwashers 239

DF 240 140 


Height 81 cm, width 45 cm 




DA 021 000 


diswashers 


Side-by-side connection kit for 81 cm 






GH 035 030 






dishwashers 

GZ 010 020 

Silvercare cartridge for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers 


Stainless steel trim kit for 81 cm high 

and 45 cm wide dishwashers 


Geschirrspüler 

DF 240 



- Four programmes with Aqua sensor 

and option 

- Quiet: 45 dB 








Info-Light. 




Aqua sensor. 






Soft lock. 

Quadruple filter system, self-cleaning. 

Programmes 

4 programmes: 

Auto 55 °C - 65 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

Option: 

Power. 

Features 

Flex upper basket: 


height of 5 cm. 


1 folding rack. 

1 knife rack. 

Flex lower basket: 





27/25 bzw. 22/30 cm. 





From 0.8 kwh. 







Door weight up to 9.5 kg. 





on page 241 - 242. 

Connection 


Connecting cable with plug. 


joint. 


possible. 



page 245.

Additional planning notes 

For niche heights from 815 to 

855 mm, in most cases, the 81.5 cm 

high dishwasher must be planned, 

regardless of the plinth height. 

For niche heights from 885 to 

925 mm, in most cases, the 86.5 cm 

high dishwasher must be planned, 

regardless of the plinth height. 

If the niche height amounts to 865 or 

875 mm, please note: 

Whether the 81.5 cm high dishwasher 

or the 86.5 cm high dishwasher can 

be used here depends on the plinth 

height. 

(See matrix below) 

Note: 

The door panel is continuously variable 

for height over a range of 49 mm. 

← Plinth height in mm 

← Plinth height in mm 

Appliance 

height 

Plinth 

height 

Cabinet height 655–725 mm Cabinet height 705–775 mm 

Installation chart for door panel DA 231 

Cabinet Niche Working 

height height height 

Niche height in mm → 

815 825 835 845 855 865 875 885 895 905 915 925 

Additional planning notes – tall-unit installation 

Tall-unit installation of dishwashers 

without slanted drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size required between the 

kitchen furniture door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to recess height, base height and panel 

thickness when using a standard kitchen furniture 

door panel for dishwashers installed below worktops. 

Niche 

height 

Base 

Door pivot 

Dishwasher 

door panel 

Plinth 

height 

* The pivot area of the door should 

be at least 4 mm. 

Tall unit installation of dishwashers 

with slanted drawer panel 

Niche 

height 

Base 

Door pivot 

Dishwasher 

door panel 

Plinth 

height 

35° 

* The pivot area of the door should 

be at least 4 mm. 

*) 

*) 


Panel thickness 

Gap size 

5 mm 

Drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size required between the 

kitchen furniture door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to recess height, base height and panel 

thickness when using a standard kitchen furniture 

door panel for dishwashers installed below worktops. 

Panel thickness 

Gap size 

5 mm 

Drawer panel 

Niche height Panel thickness Pinth height (mm) 

(mm) (mm) 

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 

815 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

825 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

835 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 

845 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 

855 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 

865 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

875 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

885 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 

895 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 

905 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 

915 16 10,5 11 12 13 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 

925 16 10,5 11 12 

19 12 12,5 13,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 

Niche height Panel thickness Pinth height (mm) 

(mm) (mm) 

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 

815 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

825 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

835 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 

845 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 

855 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 

865 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

875 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

885 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 

895 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 

905 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 

915 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 

925 16 6,5 6,5 7 

19 7 7,5 8 

22 7,5 7,5 8

Accessories 

Flex Plus baskets 

Supplied as standard for all 

dishwashers with 6 programmes. 

Flex Plus upper basket 

Flex Plus lower basket 

Flex Plus upper and lower basket 

for more flexibility and easier handling 

when loading and unloading the 

dishwasher. 




With extra-extendable smooth running 

pull-out rails as well as Rackmatic 

with 3 levels, adjustable in height up 

to 5 cm. 

Handle for easier removal of the 

upper basket. 





Handle for easier removal of the 

lower basket. 

Dishwashers 243


DA 041 060 

Flex Plus drawer 

for 14 place settings, incl. pull-out rails 

DA 043 060 

Glass basket 

for 60 cm wide dishwashers 

DA 042 030 

Silvercare cartridge 

for all dishwashers 


DA 041 060 

Additional third loading level above the 

Flex Plus upper basket. 

Also for large pieces of cutlery, 

cooking utensils and espresso cups. 

14 place setting capacity with 

all 3 levels. 

DA 043 060 

Special basket to prevent tipping of 

cups or long stemmed glasses. Fold 

the folding spines in the lower basket 

down to fit the glass basket. 

Holds max. 12 long stemmed glasses 

or 24 cups. 

Glass basket with 4 folding racks, 

silver-coloured. 

W x H x D in cm: 49 x 23 x 26 

DA 042 030 

Made of aluminium to protect 

silverware from corrosion. 

Fits easily in the cutlery basket. 

W x H x D in cm: 5.5 x 20.2 x 4.1 

DA 231 000 


for 81,5 cm high dishwashers 

DA 231 100 


for 86,5 cm high dishwashers 




DA 231 110 



DA 231 030 



DA 231 130 



DA 231 000/100/010/110/030/130 

Height adjustable by 49 mm. 

W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 

Handle: 

W x D x Ø. in cm: 45 x 4.9 x 1.4. 

DA 231 000/010/030: 

Height 67 to 71.9 cm. 

DA 231 100/110/130: 

Height 72 to 76.9 cm.


Stainless steel panel strips 


DA 020 110 





for 45 cm wide dishwashers 


Side-by-side connection kit 

for 81 cm high dishwashers 

DA 021 000 

Folding hinge 

for all fully integrated dishwashers 

DA 020 010/DA 020 110 


Two-part set for left and right. 

To cover the gap between the 

appliance and adjacent furniture and 

for improved fixation of the appliance 

in the niche. 

The white frame is replaced by the 

stainless steel strips. 

W x D in cm: 2.2 x 2.0. 

DA 020 010: 

Height: 62.2 cm 

DA 020 110: 


GZ 010 050: 



For optimum installation of two dishwashers 

side-by-side. 

Suitable for niche widths of 

90 to 120 cm. 

Each dishwasher requires its 

own fuse. 

DA 021 000 

Installation solution for dishwashers 

with a niche height of up to 92 cm and 

split furniture panel. 

The hinge is fastened to the base of 

the appliance and the lower part of the 

split furniture door panel is mounted 

onto it. 

Height upper part of the split furniture 

door panel: 

64.5 - 68 cm for appliance height 

81.5 cm 

69.5 - 73 cm for appliance height 

86.5 cm. 



for all dishwashers 

1,3 m 

(3,6 m) 1,4 m 

(3,6 m) 1,6 m 

1,4 m 

(3,5 m) 1,3 m 

(3,5 m) 1,5 m 


Extends the water inlet and outlet up 

to 3.6 m. 

Necessary if distance from water connection 

is more than 1.2 or 1.4 m (see 

drawing). 

Connection dimensions for 60 cm wide 

dishwashers. 

Data in brackets () refers to Aqua stop 

extension GZ 010 011. 

60 

Connection dimensions for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers. 

Data in brackets () refers to Aqua stop 

extension GZ 010 011. 

45 

1,6 m 

1,2 m (3,4 m) 

1,2 m (3,2 m) 

1,7 m 

1,4 m (3,6 m) 

1,4 m (3,4 m) 

Dishwashers 245

Dishwasher. 

Appliance type Dishwasher Dishwasher Dishwasher 

Model Fully integrated Integrated Integrated 

Panel colour Stainless steel Aluminium 

Appliance height 81 cm 

Appliance height 81.5 cm DF 460 161 DI 460 111 DI 460 131 

Appliance height 86.5 cm DF 461 161 DI 461 111 DI 461 131 

Width/capacity 

Width (cm) 60 60 60 

Capacity in place settings 13/14³ 13/14³ 13/14³ 

Dish size up to (cm) 30¹/33² 30¹/33² 30¹/33² 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A A A 

Cleaning effi ciency class A A A 

Drying effi ciency class A A A 

Consumption data/noise level 

Test programmme Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Water consumption (l) 10 10 10 

Electricity consumption (kWh) 0.97 0.97 0.97 

Noise level (dB (re 1 pW)) 42 42 42 

Programmes 

Number of programmes + options 6 + 4 6 + 4 6 + 4 

Programmes Auto 65°C–75°C Auto 65°C–75°C Auto 65°C–75°C 

Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C 


Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Quick wash 45°C Quick wash 45°C Quick wash 45°C 

Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse 

Options Power (57 min.) Power (57 min.) Power (57 min.) 

Intensive Intensive Intensive 

Extra Dry Extra Dry Extra Dry 

Energy Save Energy Save Energy Save 

Features 

Glasscare Plus technology/Glasscare technology •/– •/– •/– 

Aqua sensor • • • 

Load sensor • • • 

Dosage Assist • • • 

Automatic detergent function • • • 

Regeneration electronics • • • 

Heat exchanger • • • 

Low temperature drying with Zeolite • • • 

Continous fl ow heater • • • 

Electronic refi ll indicator for salt • • • 

Electronic refi ll indicator for rinsing agent • • • 

Infl ow water indicator • • • 

Time remaining indicator • • • 

Info-Light • • • 

Bright interior light • • • 

Time delay 24 h 24 h 24 h 

Soft lock • • • 

Filter system self-cleaning • • • 

Flex plus upper basket, extra-extendable and smooth running, with handle • • • 

Flex plus bottom lower basket with dividable glass support • • • 

Flex plus drawer (DA 041 060) insertable • • • 

Folding spines in upper/lower basket 6/6 6/6 6/6 

Folding racks in upper/lower basket 4/2 4/2 4/2 

Rackmatic 3-level 3-level 3-level 


Aqua stop with guarantee • • • 

Baking tray spray head • • • 

Connection 

Connection to hot/cold water possible •/• •/• •/• 


• Standard – Not available ¹ Appliance height 81.5 cm 

² Appliance height 86.5 cm ³ with special accessory DA 041 060 


MCSA039673_DF460161_def. 

eps 

MCSA039632_DI460111_def.eps MCSA039670_DI460131_def.eps

MCSA038804_DF261161_def. 

eps 


eps 

Dishwasher Dishwasher Dishwasher 

Fully integrated Fully integrated Fully integrated 

DF 260 161 DF 240 161 

DF 261 161 DF 241 161 

60 60 45 

13/14³ 13 9 

30¹/33² 30¹/33² 30 

A A A 

A A A 

A A A 

DF 240 140 

Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

10 10 11 

0.97 0.97 0.8 

42 44 45 

6 + 2 4 + 2 4 + 1 


Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Auto 35°C–45°C Standard Eco 50°C Quick wash 45°C 

Standard Eco 50°C Quick wash 45°C Pre-rinse 

Quick wash 45°C 

Pre-rinse 

Power (59 min.) Power (59 min.) Power (70 min.) 

Intensive Intensive 

–/• –/• –/– 

• • • 

• • – 

• • – 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

– – – 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

– – – 

24 h 24 h 19 h 

• • • 

• • • 

• – – 

• – – 

• – – 

6/6 2/4 –/• 

4/2 2/– 1/– 

3-level 3-level 2-level 

• • – 

• • • 

• • • 

•/• •/• •/• 

2.3 2.3 2.3 


eps 

Dishwashers 247

WM 260 160 

Freestanding, under-counter or 

stackable 

Width 60 cm, height 84,2 cm 


WA 200 001 

Aqua stop extension 

WA 200 003 

Floor fixation kit 

248 Washing machine 

Washing machine 

WM 260 


- Energy consumption A -30% 

- Large drum with interior lighting 

- New motor technology for more 

performance, higher durability as 

well as less energy consumption 

and noise 

- Anti-stain automatic for stain specific 

programme cycles 


Electronic control. 


LCD function display with clear text 

and symbols. 

Load weight notification and dosage 

recommendation. 

Programme sequence and time remaining 

indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 h hours. 



Aqua sensor. 


Flow-through sensor. 

Anti-stain automatic. 

Continous automatic load adjustment. 

Foam detection system. 

Spin speed selection from 400 to 

1600 rpm. 

Spin process deactivation at programme 

end. 

Automatic stabilisation. 

Self-cleaning detergent drawer. 

Anti-crease system. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

Cottons/Coloureds, cold to 90 °C. 

Easy care, cold to 60 °C. 

Quick/Mix 40 °C. 

Delicates/Silk, cold to 30 °C. 

Wool/Handwash, cold to 30 °C. 

Low spin. 

Rapid 15. 

Dark wash. 

Textile Guard. 

Shirts/blouses. 

Lingerie. 

Memory. 

Rinse. 

Spin. 

Empty. 

Features 

Large porthole with 165 ° opening 

door. 

varioSoft drum system. 

Drum interior lighting. 

Volume capacity from 1 to 8 kg. 

Liquid detergent insert. 



Energy consumption A -30%. 


Left-hinged. 


Height for under-counter installation: 

82 cm. 

For installation under the worktop 

replace the appliance cover with the 

metal cover. 

Stackable under the tumble dryer 

WD 260 100 in combination with 

special accessory. 

Connection 



Water connection with 3/4 “ screw 

joint.

WD 260 100 

Freestanding, under-counter or 

stackable 

Width 60 cm, height 84,2 cm 


WA 032 000 

Connection kit with extendable shelf 

Condenser dryer 

WD 260 


- Energy consumption A -50%, lowest 

energy consumption on the market 

- Large stainless steel drum with 

interior lighting 

- Heat pump technology 

- Self-cleaning heat exchanger, 

highest comfort and constantly low 

consumption 

- Glass porthole 


Electronic control. 


LCD function display with symbols. 

Programme sequence and time remaining 

indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 h hours. 



Moisture and time controlled programmes. 

Heat pump technology. 

Self-cleaning heat exchanger. 

Anti-crease cycle at programme end. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

Cottons/Coloureds. 

Easy care. 

Mixed fabrics. 

Shirts/blouses. 

Outdoor. 

Wool finish. 

Rapid 40. 

Programme time warm. 

Programme cold air. 

Features 

Large porthole with 160° opening 

door. 

Large softDry stainless steel drum. 

Volume capacity from 1 to 7 kg. 

Drum interior lighting. 


Eurolabel A. 

Energy consumption A -50%. 


Right-hinged. 


Height for under-counter installation: 

82 cm. 

For installation under the worktop 

replace the appliance cover with the 

metal cover. 

Stackable over the washing machine 

WM 260 160 in combination with 

special accessory. 

Connection 



Tumble dryer 249

Washing machine. 

Appliance type Washing machine 

White WM 260 160 

Dimensions/capacity 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (mm) 598 x 842 x 625 (total depth incl. door) 

Appliance height for under-counter (mm) 820 

Door hinge porthole Left 

Door opening angle (°) 165 

Capacity (kg) 8 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A 

Energy consumption A -30% 

Cleaning effi ciency class A 

Spining effi ciency class A 


Test programmme Cottons/Coloureds 60 °C + EcoPerfect 

Water consumption (l) 56 

Electricity consumption (kWh) 1,03 

Total annual consumption (4 pers. household) (kWh) 206 

(l) 11.200 

Noise level washing/spinning (dB) 49/74 

Programmes 

Washing programms Cottons/Coloureds, cold to 90 °C 

Easy care, cold to 60 °C 

Quick/Mix 40 °C 

Delicates/Silk, cold to 40 °C 

Wool/Handwash, cold to 40 °C 

Rapid 15 min to 40 °C 

Easy care plus 

Textile Guard 

Shirts/blouses 

Lingerie 

Memory 

Special programms Rinse 

Spin 

Empty 

Low spin 

Options Pre-wash 

Selct stain 

Extra rinse 

Less ironing 

Rinse hold 

Hydro rinse 

Cleaning temperatures (°C) Cold / 30 / 40 / 60 / 90 

Spin speed (rpm) 400 - 1600 

Features 

Aqua sensor • 

Flow-through sensor • 

Load weight notifi cation • 

dosage recommandation • 

Continuous automatic load adjustment • 

Automatic stabilisation • 

Large drum • 

varioSoft drum system • 

Interior lighting • 

Electronic control • 

Temperatur- und programm control Rotary knob and touch keys 

LCD function display with clear text and symbol • 

Programm sequence indicator • 

Time remaining indicator • 

Time delay (h) 24 

End of programm indicator Display, audible 

Spin process after the end progamm switchable. • 

Anti crease system • 

Self cleaning detergent drawer • 

Liquid detergent insert • 


Aqua stop with garantee • 

Connection 


Length of connection cable right side/left side (cm) 120 / 130 

Length of water inlet right side/left side (cm) 100 / 135 

Length of water outlet right side/left side (cm) 140 / 95 

Max. drainage height (cm) 100 


250 Washing machine 

MCSA043277_WM260160_def_ 

SourceFile.eps

Tumble dryer. 

Appliance type Condenser dryer 

White WD 260 100 

Diemension/capacity 

Width (cm) 60 


Appliance height for under-counter (mm) 819 

Door hinge porthole Right 

Door opening angle (°) 160 

Capacity (kg) 7 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A 

Energy consumption A -50% 


Test programmme Cottons/Coloureds cupboard dry 

Electricity consumption with setting 1.400 rpm (kWh) 1,6 

Noise level (dB) 65 

Programmes 

Programms Cottons/Coloureds 

Easy care 

Quick/Mix 

Shirts/blouses 

Outdoor 

Wool fi nish 

Rapid 40 

Programm time warm 

Programm time cold 

Options Anti crease 

Gentle dry 

Features 

Heat pump technology. • 

Selfcleaning condenser • 

Glass porthole. • 

softDry stainless steel drum • 

Interior lighting. • 

Electronic control. • 

Programmcontrol Rotary knob and touch keys 

LCD function display with symbol. • 

Programm sequence indicator. • 

time remaining indicator • 

Time delay (h) 24 

End of programm indicator. Display, audible 

Anti crease cycle at the end of the programm. • 


Connection 


Length of connection cable cm 145 


MCSA043403_WD260100_def_ 

SourceFile.eps 

Tumble dryer 251

Accessories 

Gastronorm system. 254–255 

Furniture handles. 256 

Sink. 257 

253 

Accessories

Accessories in the Gaggenau Gastronorm system 

For usage in the various Gaggenau appliances the following accessories in the Gaggenau Gastronorm system are available. 

GN 114 130 

Gastronorm insert, 

stainless steel, GN 1/3, 

unperforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l 

GN 114 230 



unperforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l 

GN 124 130 



perforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l 

GN 124 230 



perforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l 

GN 126 280 



perforated, 65 mm deep, 1,3 l 

GN 410 230 

Gastronorm lid, 


for stainless steel gastronorm inserts 

GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, 


for stainless steel gastronorm inserts 

254 Accessories 

Gastronorm insert 

GN 114/124/126 

These high-walled, sturdy inserts made 

from hygienic stainless steel are ideal 

for cooking with steam and equally 

practical for storage in the refrigerator 

or serving at the table. They are 

dishwasher-proof and easy to clean. 

For cooking several meals simultaneously, 

the cooking inserts for Combisteam 

and steam ovens in the GN 2/3 

format can be combined as required 

with smaller inserts that are available 

as special accessories in the GN 1/3 

and 2/8 format. For practical food 

preparation, the inserts fit snugly into 

any Gastronorm sink. 

Gastronorm lid 

GN 410 

The Gastronorm lid may be used to 

seal the Gastronorm inserts in format 

GN 1/3 and 2/3. Together they are 

optimal for storing and keeping 

fresh of food and dishes in the vario 

cooling 200 series appliances. 

GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster, 

cast aluminium, 


GN 880 230 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/3, 

325 mm long, 352 mm wide 

GN 880 280 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/8, 

325 mm long, 131 mm wide 


GN 340 

For searing and braising in Gaggenau 

ovens with the roasting function and on 

induction cooktops with ø 28 cm cooking 

zone. The top and bottom parts of 

the Gastronorm roaster in the GN 2/3 

format can also be used independently 

of one another. The multi-layered material 

ensures even heat distribution and 

is easy to clean thanks to the non-stick 

coating. 

Use in oven with pull-out system 

BA 016 103 and heating element 

(order separately). 

Gastronorm cutting board 

GN 880 

Synthetic cutting board in the sizes GN 

2/3 and 2/8.

The Gaggenau Gastronorm system 

The Gastronorm system provides the basis for cookware in the professional kitchen. 

It enables a smooth continuum from the preparation and cooking stages right 

through to serving at the table and storage. The Gastronorm inserts from Gaggenau 

have been adapted to match our Vario cooling 200 series, our induction cooktops, 

our Combi-steam and steam ovens as well as our ovens. Furthermore, the Gastronorm 

sink represents yet another valuable addition to the process chain. 

Prepare. 

In combination with kitchen sinks in 

Gastronorm format. 

Keep fresh. 

With the Vario cooling 200 series 

appliances. 

Regenerate. 

Keep fresh. 

Cook. 

Keep warm. 

On induction cooktops VI and CI, in 

our Combi-steam and steam ovens BS 

or our ovens BO in combination with 

the pull-out system BA. 

Keep warm. 

To keep warm in the Gaggenau 

warming drawers WS. 

Regenerate/warm up. 

To regenerate in our Combi-steam and 

steam ovens BS as well as 

warming up on our induction cook-tops 

VI and CI or in our ovens BO in combination 

with the pull-out systems BA. 

Prepare. 

Keep fresh. 

Cook. 

Accessories 255

Furniture handles 

For the individual design of your furniture fronts, Gaggenau is now offering handle bars matching the Vario cooling appliances and also the 

new 200 series ovens. Depending on the length, handle bars come with two or three mounts. 

Handle bar with 2 mounts 


Handle bar, stainless steel, 

Length 20 cm, 

drilling distance 177 mm. 

GH 020 030 

Handle bar, aluminium, 

Length 20 cm, 




Length 25 cm, 


GH 025 030 


Length 25 cm, 




Length 30 cm, 


GH 030 030 


Length 30 cm, 




Length 35 cm, 


GH 035 030 


Length 35 cm, 




Length 40 cm, 


GH 040 030 


Length 40 cm, 




Length 45 cm, 


GH 045 030 


Length 45 cm, 




Length 50 cm, 


GH 050 030 


Length 50 cm, 




Length 60 cm, 


GH 060 030 


Length 60 cm, 




Length 70 cm, 


GH 070 030 


Length 70 cm, 


256 Accessories 



Length 80 cm, 


GH 080 030 


Length 80 cm, 




Length 90 cm, 


GH 090 030 


Length 90 cm, 


Handle bar with 3 mounts 



Length 110 cm, 

Drilling distance 538.5 mm each. 

GH 110 030 








GH 120 030 








GH 140 030 








GH 160 030 








GH 180 030 








GH 200 030 



Drilling distance 988.5 mm each.

GN 710 110 


Width 557 mm, Depth 349 mm 

GN 710 280 


Width 321 mm, Depth 128 mm 


GN 880 230 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/3 

325 mm long, 352 mm wide. 

GN 880 280 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/8 

325 mm long, 131 mm wide. 

GN 114 130 

Stainless steel cooking insert GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 



GN 124 130 



GN 124 230 



GN 126 280 



Sink 

GN 710 

- For flush or under-counter 

installation 

- Work at two levels: in the sink itself 

or in the cooking insert 

- Compatible with all accessories in 

Gastronorm (GN) dimensions 

- Any possible combination with 

2 sink sizes 

Interior dimensions of large sink: 

W 541 x H 175 x D 333 mm. 

For cooking inserts GN 2/8, 

1/3 or 2/3. 

For cutting boards GN 2/3 or 2/8. 

Interior dimensions of small sink: 

W 305 x H 75 x D 112.5 mm. 

For cooking insert GN 2/8. 

For cutting board GN 2/8. 


Full set of installation material for flush 

or under-counter installation included. 

Complete set of accessories for 

the water outlet with drain eccentric 

included. 

Can be installed in a 60 cm wide lower 

cabinet. 

For flush installation a recess in the 

worktop and for the overflow must be 

provided. 

Because of dimensional tolerances, we 

recommend to verify the sink dimensions 

before installation. 

Accessories 257

Installation plan 1 

258 

AH 273 

AF 280 ... 

AH 250 ... 

AH 900 ... 

BS 2.. ... 

BM 241 ... 

BF 263 ... 

BM 211 ... 

BM 22. ... 

CM 210 ... 

5 

ø 125/ 

150 

ø 125/150 

K 

BS 2.. ... 

BS 2.. ... 

BS 27./28. ... 

Safety sockets 

VG 232 ... 

VG 231 ... 

VR 230 ... VF 230 ... 

VK 230 ... 

CE ... ... 

CI ... ... 

CG 290 ... 

CG 270 ... 

KG 291 ... 

CE 49. ... 

CE ... ... 

CK ... ... 

CI ... ... 

G 

G 

Dimensions in cm or mm 

Cooker connection socket 

105 

V Flush-mounted valve (1/2) 

Safety socket 

max. 50 A 

E Cold and hot water supply 

Dishwasher or washing machine 

K Cold water supply on the appliance 

* EB 385 ... 

* EB 388 ... 

WS 26. 

* BO 2.. ... 

WS 2.. 

* BO 2.. ... 

W Hot water supply on the appliance 

Electrical connection on the appliance 

A Drain 

G Gas connection 

Gas connections should still be accessible 

after installation of built-in appliances. 

* Plan safety sockets/cooker connection 


Worktop height for waste 

water drain of 50 cm min. 85 cm 

A 

RB/RY 491 ... 

RC 4.. ... 

RF 4.. ... 

RW 414/464 ... 

RB 28. ... 

RC 28./24. ... 

RT 28./24. ... 

RF 287/247 ... RC/RT 22. ... 

* RW 496 ... 

* RX 49. ... 

BM 22. ... 

AH 198 

5 

* RY 495 ... 

* RS 495 ... 

ø 150/150 

* DF2../4.. 

* DI 4.. 

* CK 260 ... 

* CK 270 ... 

* KG 260 ... 

* RF 200 ... 

* RC 200 ... 

* RT 200 ... 

VL 040/041 ... VC 230 ... 

VL 430/431 ... VI 230 ... 

* RW 404 

DN 150 

DN 125 

E W K 

A 

120 

G 

110 

A 

70 

50 

60 

* 

K 

K 

K 

ø 125 

K 

A 

20–30 

Water connection next to the appliance 

200 cm 2 air inlet 

200 cm2 air in-/ 

outlet

Installation plan 2 

AW 54. ... 

AW 2.. 

AW 4.. 

AW 480 ... 

AH 198 

5 

ø 120/ 

150 

Dimensions in cm 

Cooker connection socket 

Safety socket 

V Flush-mounted valve (1/2) 

E Cold and hot water supply 

Dishwasher or washing machine 

K Cold water supply on the appliance 

* DF 2../4.. 

* DI 4.. ... 

V 

CG 492 ... 

KG 491 ... 

VG 421 ... 

VG 411 ... 

VI 421 ... 

VI 411 ... 

VC 421 ... 

VC 422 ... 

VF 411 ... 

VR 421 ... 

VP 421 ... 

AT 400–... 

VL 431 ... VL 430 ... 

+ CE/CI/V... VG 421 ... 

VC 421 ... 

VG 411 ... VR 421 ... VF 411 ... VC 422 ... 

VK 411 ... 

W Hot water supply on the appliance 

Electrical connection on the appliance 

A Drain 

G Gas connection 

120 

E 

G 

G 

G 

A 

60 50 

70 

Diameter 

150 

Diameter 

150 

50 

A 

All dishwashers can also be built into a 

high cabinet 30 to 40 cm above the floor, 

which is ergonomically favourable. 

Gas connections should still be accessible 

after installation of built-in appliances. 

Diameter 

150 

* Plan safety sockets next to the appliance. 

A Worktop height for waste water drain 

of 50 cm min. 85 cm 

Des. Above gas Above electric 

AH 250/900 65 47 

AF 280 65 43 

AW/AI 280 70 60 

AW/AI 20./21. 70 60 

AW/AI 54 70 60 

AI 260 70 55 

AW/AI 40. 65 55 

AW/AI 22. 65 55 

AW/AI 480 65 55 

259

Note: 

260

Note: 

261

Note: 

262

Note: 

263

Note: 

264

© Copyright by 

Gaggenau Hausgeräte GmbH 

P.O. Box 830101 

81701 Munich 

Edition 2010 

The data and facts expressed herein are current as of 

November 2009. Gaggenau reserves the right to implement 

technical modifi cations that serve the purpose of progress. 

The appliances are for household use only. 

Certain appliances in this brochure are not available 

in all countries. Please contact your Gaggenau supplier 

for details.

International Enquiries: 

Gaggenau Hausgeräte GmbH 

P.O. Box 830101 

81701 Munich 

Germany 

www.gaggenau.com 

Q9G1LA0269

Models-and-dimensions_2010-01_INT

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?